WHO Drug Information Vol

WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

WHO Drug Information

Contents

Regulatory Focus Romiplostim: acute myelogenous Seven years of EU pharmaceutical leukaemia 366 regulation in Malta 343 International Pharmaceutical Federation: pharmacovigilance International Harmonization seminar in India 366 Integration and application of equivalent regulatory assessments Regulatory Action and News from other countries 354 Recommended composition of influenza vaccines: 2012 Safety and Efficacy Issues southern hemisphere 369 Asenapine maleate: serious Aprotinin: resumed marketing 369 allergic reactions 358 First ever PUMA for buccal Lenalidomide: positive benefit-risk midazolam 369 balance 358 Fidaxomicin approved for Citalopram: dose-related cardiac Clostridium difficile infection 370 risk 358 Dronedarone: restricted use 370 Terpenic derivatives: new contra- Voclosporin: withdrawal of market- indications 359 ing authorization application 370 Gonadotropin-releasing hormone: Lacosamide syrup: change in cardiovascular risk 359 formulation 371 Uromitexan: infant fatal gasping New database of European syndrome 359 experts 371 Dasatinib: pulmonary arterial hypertension 360 Consultation Documents Drospirenone: increased risk of The International Pharmacopoeia blood clots 360 Bulk density and tapped density Ondansetron: QT prolongation 361 of powders 374 TNFα blockers: Legionella and Tablet friability 378 Listeria 362 Test for bacterial endotoxins 380 Neonates exposed to antipsychotic Test for sterility 391 drugs: withdrawal symptoms 363 Chewable albendazole tablets 400 Strontium ranelate: cardiovascular Artenimol 403 and cutaneous toxicity 364 Medroxyprogesterone injection 406 Bevacizumab: ovarian failure 364 Ritonavir tablets 409 Gadolinium: nephrogenic systemic fibrosis 365 International Nonproprietary Orlistat-containing medicines Names under review 365 Proposed List No. 106 413

341 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

WHO Drug Information & digital library are available online at: http://www.who.int/druginformation

342 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Regulatory Focus

Seven years of EU pharmaceutical regulation in Malta* In an era of globalization, governments are expected to provide safety and welfare for citizens while ensuring a level playing field and boosting competitiveness for businesses. Public authorities regulate in the public interest to protect health, ensure patient access to safe medicines, stimulate innovation, encourage a competitive market, and preserve the environment (1). Malta is an island in the south of Europe with a population of 417 608 (2010). The country became a Member State of the European Union (EU) on 1 May 2004, when a total of 10 European countries joined the EU.

During the process of Malta’s preparation for accession to the EU, the country transposed European pharmaceutical legislation into national legislation, leading to publication of the Medicines Act and subsidiary legislation. This established the Licensing Authority — a function which is vested in the Superintendent of Public Health — and the Medicines Authority (2).

The mission of the Medicines Authority is the protection of public health in Malta through the regulation of medicinal products and pharmaceutical activities. The Authority is committed to being an effective and supportive regulator with loyalty towards its core values: protection of public health as the purpose of regulation; public trust through an impartial, consistent, disciplined and transparent approach; excellence through competent personnel with integrity, which is based on cus- tomer focused, robust, resilient and secure processes and infrastructure.

Pharmaceutical regulatory patients make informed decisions on framework the choice and use of medicines. • Supporting innovation and competitive- The main objectives of medicines regula- ness through effective, efficient, pro- tion can be defined as: portionate and consistent regulation • Ensuring that only medicines of good and provision of excellent scientific and quality and favourable benefit/risk pro- regulatory advice. file are authorized and available. Pharmaceutical regulation supports • Optimizing timely, equitable and afford- the various components of a national able access to essential medicines. pharmaceutical policy, mainly research and development, authorization, produc- • Enhancing the safe and rational use of tion, distribution and use of medicinal medicines through independent infor- products. The tangible public health mation which helps prescribers and outcomes of these processes result in

*Article by Patricia Vella Bonanno, CEO, Medicines Authority, and Gavril Flores, Operations and Regulatory Affairs Manager, Medicines Authority, Malta

343 Regulatory Focus WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Figure 1. Model of the pharmaceutical framework (3)

Resources Activities Outputs Stakehoders Outcomes of the process

Access Avilability Affordability & efficacy Quality, safety Rational use Structural & Legislation Human

Marketing EU/national R&D, registration, √ √ √ √ √ authorization safety Patients holders

Regulatory EU/national Registration, authorities safety, √ √ √ √ √ enforcement Public health Consumers Pricing EU/national Setting of price √ authorities & profit

Reimbursement EU/national Establishment of Free movement Healthcare √ √ authorities reimbursement list of goods professionals

Manufacturers EU/national Manufacturing/ √ √ √ & importers distribution

Wholesale EU/national Distribution Open Pharmacies √ √ √ dealers competition

Pharmacies National Distribution Wholesale √ √ √ dealers

Healthcare EU/national Prescribing/ A true Manufacturers & √ √ professionals dispensing/ single importers administration market

Patient/ EU/national Administration √ √ consumer access, availability and affordability of empowerment of healthcare professionals medicinal products which are of good and consumers (4). quality, and safe and efficacious when used rationally (Figure 1). The rational use of medicines ensures that patients receive medicines appro- Medicinal products are not always avai- priate to their clinical needs in doses that lable on the market. Affordable prices meet their individual requirements for an are an important prerequisite to ensuring adequate period of time at an affordable access to essential medicines in the cost. Continuous education of healthcare public and private sectors. Affordability is providers, patients and consumers, and influenced through promotion of compe- independent and unbiased medicines tition, through policies that encourage information empower and support deci- the use of generic medicinal products, sion making to enhance health outcomes. alternative and therapeutic substitution, Regulatory and managerial strategies good procurement practices and regula- should help to optimize safe and rational tion/control and information on prices and use of medicines and to minimize any

344 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Regulatory Focus interventions which negatively impact on Within the EU regulatory framework, a rational medicines use (4). medicinal product is authorized following evaluation to ensure that it has a positive Medicines regulation within EU benefit to risk balance: that is, the product The principles of medicines regulation in should be of good quality, efficacious and the EU support public health, the free mo- safe. In these evaluations, the products vement of goods and people, compliance are assessed to ensure that the recom- with legal requirements and the concepts mended indications and any user safety of harmfulness and therapeutic efficacy. restrictions are evidence based, that The essential aim of any rules governing generic products are bio-equivalent to these areas is to additionally safeguard the reference product, that labels, patient public health through a framework which information leaflets and packaging are does not stifle the deveopment of the appropriate and patient-friendly and that pharmaceutical industry, innovation, information for health care professionals investment or trade in medicinal products (the summary of product characteristics) within the community (5). reflects authorized information. During this process, products are also assessed EU legislation is implemented on a natio- for aspects related to quality, expiry date nal level through Directives which are and recommendations for storage condi- transposed into national legislation, while tions, etc. Medicinal products are classi- Regulations are implemented in full. fied either as prescription-only medicines (POM) or over-the-counter (OTC).

Figure 2. Framework for medicines regulation within EU (6)

Pharmacists Policy makers Wholesale dealers Healthcare professionals National Stakeholders Importers Patient & patient organizations

Manufacturers Consumers

Public Health

Competition National EU Pharmaceutical Legislation Legislation Rational Medicines medicine use regulation

National Supply medicines policy systems

Essential Medicines Research medicines Policy Human Medicines resources financing

Legislation Marketing and Affordability evaluation

345 Regulatory Focus WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

A medicinal product can only be placed Pharmaceutical regulation on the market if the marketing authoriza- in Malta tion holder submits an application for the product to be registered in that Member Optimizing access to good quality, State. Medicines in certain categories are efficacious and safe medicines authorized through a single marketing Until 2002, the procedure by which authorization that is valid in all European medicinal products were allowed on the Union and European Economic Area Maltese market involved the submission countries. Unless a medicinal product is of a World Health Organization (WHO) authorized, it will not become accessible Certificate of a Pharmaceutical Product to patients. (CPP). No evaluation of the product was Due to the lack of economic viability conducted locally. Following EU acces- of small markets, marketing authoriza- sion in May 2004, only those products tion holders may choose not to register which satisfied the requirements of EU medicinal products in small markets. pharmaceutical legislation were allowed Article 126a of Directive 2001/83/EC as to remain on the market and new pro- amended by Directive 2004/27/EC was ducts were to be in line with EU legisla- introduced specifically to address this tion. A transitional period was granted to issue (5). Article 5 of the same Directive this effect. allows for supply of specific medicinal products on a named-patient basis, with By the end of the transition period (De- the prescriber of the product taking full cember 2006), following evaluation of clinical responsibility for its use. The products on the market in line with EU holder of a marketing authorization for legislation, the number of products autho- a medicinal product and the distributors rized was 2410 covering 776 active ingre- of the said medicinal product actually dients (excluding centrally authorized placed on the market in a Member State products). This reduction in the number shall, within the limits of their responsibi- of products which could be placed on lities, ensure appropriate and continued the market caused a problem with local supplies of that medicinal product. The access to medicines. provisions, which were aimed to support the availability of medicines on different As a concerned Member State, Malta markets, are implemented to different started participating in different EU pro- extents in different Member States (7). cedures through its Medicines Authority such as the mutual recognition procedure While ensuring quality, safety and efficacy (MRP) and decentralized procedure of medicines in the EU, regulatory proce- (DCP). In 2008, Malta acted for the first dures can pose difficulties on the availa- time as a Reference Member State in this bility of medicines. In addition there are procedure. In cases where an authoriza- several other thresholds of an economic tion for a medicinal product does not yet nature that limit availability and economic exist in any of the EU Member States, operators need to overcome them before identical dossiers are submitted in all making a medicine available on a natio- Member States where a marketing autho- nal market (7). The EU Pharmaceutical rization is sought by the applicant and the Forum (2008) recommended potential Reference Member State prepares the ways to facilitate availability of medi- draft assessment documents which, once cines in small European markets. These approved, lead to an authorization in all included: administrative changes, recom- the concerned Member States. In 2009, mendations for manufacturing, packaging Malta also became involved as a rappor- and labelling and recommendations for teur for centralized products. transport and wholesale dealing (8).

346 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Regulatory Focus

It is a prerogative of marketing authoriza- concluded with the United Kingdom and tion holders whether to register a medi- Irish national authorities whereby Mar- cinal product on the market in a specific keting Authorization Holders who submit Member State. In order to attract mar- applications to them are invited to include keting authorization holders to register Malta as a Concerned Member State in their products in the country, the Maltese authorization procedures. This coope- authorities ensure that they impose no ration has had a positive impact and, in additional burden on registration of pro- 2011, Malta was included as a Concerned ducts in Malta, while product packaging Member State in 51% of the average and labelling can be in either Maltese or procedures. English. Malta also encourages marketing authorization holders to submit joint Following the update of Directive packs covering Malta and the United 2001/83/EC through Directive 2004/27/ Kingdom and/or Ireland (i.e., packs can EC in October 2005, Malta utilized the then be sold on the respective markets). provisions of article 126a in order to address the public health need. This has Figure 3 shows the number of proce- proved to be beneficial to cover gaps in dures in which each Member State was therapeutic availability, particularly for included as Reference Member State and products which may not be economically as a Concerned Member State over the attractive. period January 2010 to June 2011. As is the case for other small Member States, As shown in Figure 4, the number of the inclusion of Malta as a Concerned medicinal products authorized to be Member State is low. In 2010, Malta placed on the local market increased was involved in 32% of the average as compared to the situation in Decem- procedures per Member State. In order ber 2006 and, by the end of June 2011, to increase the participation of Malta in 3691 products were authorized, covering European procedures, an agreement was 1339 active ingredients. In addition, 599

Figure 3. Number of procedures of Concerned and Reference EU Member States

1200

1000

800

600

400

Number of procedures 200

0 Italy Malta Spain Latvia Ireland Austria France Poland Cyprus Iceland Finland Greece Estonia Norway Belgium Sweden Bulgaria Portugal Hungary Slovenia Romania Denmark Lithuania Germany Luxemboug Netherlands Liechtenstein Czech Republic United Kingdom Slovak Republic

Concerned Member State Member States Reference Member State

347 Regulatory Focus WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Figure 4. Number of medicinal products authorized to be placed on the market

4000

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000 No. of products authorized

500

0 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011* * As at June 2011

Provisional marketing authorization PMA/marketing authorization

Mutual recognition and decentralized procedure Authorization by Article 126a of Directive 2001/83/EC products were authorized by the Euro- countries and Level V (various) which is pean Commission through the centralized a miscellaneous group. At Level 3, there procedure. These measures have had is less coverage of combination products, a significant impact in addressing the however, the individual components are problem of access with an increase of better covered. Good coverage enables 168% in the number of products available patient access to needed medicines and and 72% increase in the number of active provides greater choice of treatment. ingredients. The use of article 5 of Directive 2001/83/ Taking into consideration national and EC (use of products on a named-pa- EU authorizations, most of the chemical/ tient basis as a clinical responsibility of therapeutic/ pharmacological subgroups the prescriber) for products which are as defined by the WHO Anatomical authorized in other EU Member States Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) Classifica- is applied as a last resort. This article tion are covered by at least one product is applied for medicines which are not with an authorization. At ATC Classifi- registered on the market and is particu- cation Level 4 there is an average of larly useful to cover gaps in registration 68% coverage. Sub-groups with lowest of certain medicines restricted for hospital coverage are those in Level P (antipara- use only. sitic products, insecticides and repellents) which covers a number of products which Participation in clinical trials as well as are not generally required in developed the possibility for prescribing medicines

348 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Regulatory Focus on a compassionate basis1 allows faster sent by patients and healthcare profes- access to novel treatments to the benefit sionals are transmitted to a centralized of patients within a controlled system. European database to enable effective Application of this provision in Malta is signal detection and evaluation of the low. associated risks inherent in medicinal products. Ensuring medicines of good quality and benefit/risk profile The monitoring of authorized medicinal Following authorization, the Medicines products and ongoing communication Authority continues to monitor the qua- with the industry and similar agencies lity, safety and efficacy of medicinal which form part of the network of regu- products and clinical trials. During 2010, lation of medicines in Europe may lead the Authority finalized over two thousand to regulatory actions and restrictions, post authorization procedures, inclu- including suspension and withdrawal of ding variations, transfers, renewals and marketing authorizations. Table 1 lists notifications. The Authority also monitors the medicinal products whose marketing and processes adverse drug reactions of authorization has been withdrawn or sus- medicinal products. All adverse reactions pended due to safety reasons

1 Products which are not of good quality A treatment option for patients suffering from a disease for which no satisfactory authorized alter- are recalled from the market. Malta has native therapy exists or who cannot enter a clinical averaged seven recalls per year due to trial, may be use of an unauthorized medicinal pro- quality defects. Usually, these recalls are duct in a compassionate use programme. Compas- batch specific and are either initiated by sionate use programmes are intended to facilitate the regulator or by the marketing authori- the availability to patients of new treatment options zation holder. under development. Regulation No. 726/2004/EC.

Table 1. Marketing authorizations withdrawn or suspended

Medicine Active Date of Comments Ingredient withdrawal

Vioxx® Rofecoxib 2004 Withdrawn. Risk of myocardial infarction.

Melleril® Thioridazine 2005 Withdrawn. Cardiotoxicity.

Exubera® Inhaled insulin 2007 Withdrawn voluntarily. Restrictions on prescribing, doubts over long-term safety.

Prexige® Lumiracoxib 2007–2008 Withdrawn. Risk of liver damage.

Acomplia® Rimonabant 2008 Worldwide withdrawal. Risk of severe depression and suicide.

Raptiva® Efalizumab 2009 Withdrawn. Increased risk of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy.

Reductil® Sibutramine 2010 Suspended in Europe. Increased cardiovascular risk.

Avandia® Rosiglitazone 2010 Suspended in Europe. Increased risk of heart attack and death.

Distalgesic® Co-proxamol 2011 Withdrawn. Overdose danger.

349 Regulatory Focus WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

The Medicines Authority carries out a authorized on the market are reviewed as market surveillance programme of the part of the assessment process so that products on the market and sends an information contained is in line with the average of twenty medicinal products to benefit-risk assessment carried out and an official medicines control laboratory for that these documents are written in clear analysis per year. This is done in line with and understandable terms. The Authority an annual sampling plan, through ad hoc publishes information on all medicinal sampling and to investigate complaints products authorized to be placed on the received. These products are tested to market in Malta by means of the Malta ensure that products on the market are of Medicines List at http://www.maltamedi- good quality and in accordance with the cineslist.com. This list supports empower- marketing authorization. ment of patients and their participation in decisions with regard to different treat- Control of the medicines supply chain ment options. The list provides a search is an important aspect of ensuring the function for alternative products by ATC integrity of medicinal products on the code and active ingredient, listing options market. Such efforts also ensure that fal- available for each category. sified medicines do not enter the market and reach patients. All operators have to During 2010, the Authority consolidated follow strict requirements including good its efforts in this area and launched a clinical practice, good manufacturing set of new initiatives entitled Know Your practice, good distribution practice and Medicines. A survey with 200 consumers pharmacy standards. A new directive on and patients was conducted between falsified medicines has been published to September 2010 and January 2011 to respond to an increasing threat from such identify participant knowledge on medi- medicines. New measures will include cines, awareness on the medicines life- an obligatory authenticity feature on the cycle, trust in medicines and awareness outer packaging of certain medicinal on choice of medicines. products; strengthened requirements for control and inspections of plants The Authority also has a medicines manufacturing active pharmaceutical helpline through which consumers and ingredients; strengthened record-keeping healthcare professionals can ask for requirements for wholesale distributors; information and send feedback, com- strengthened rules on inspections and an ments and complaints. This helpline aims obligation for manufacturers and distri- to supplement, not replace, the advice butors to report any suspicion of falsified given by healthcare professionals. The medicines. Authority updates healthcare professionals through objective information on Safe and rational use of medicines the safety of medicinal products through The Medicines Authority is committed regularly issued circulars to healthcare to enhancing the safe and rational use professionals. of medicines through information which helps prescribers and patients make Pharmaceutical legislation also regulates informed decisions on the use of medi- advertising of medicinal products and the cines. promotion of medicinal products by the pharmaceutical industry. Clear guidelines The main source of public information on complementing legislation have been medicinal products is the package leaflet issued and a system of self-regulation and the summary of product characte- established. Initially there was concern ristics. The Medicines Authority ensures regarding the regulation of activities of that all package leaflets and summaries medical representatives with prescribers of product characteristics for products such as restriction on the use of samples

350 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Regulatory Focus and participation at sponsored activities As shown in figure 5, the number of but a system has now been agreed. pharmaceutical activities licensed in line with good manufacturing practice (GMP) Supporting innovation standards has increased from five in 2004 and competitiveness to a total of 29 in 2011. Manufacturing The Medicines Authority is committed to is mainly of generic oral solid dosage support innovation and competitiveness forms. There are two manufacturers through effective, efficient, proportionate which manufacture medical gases and and consistent regulation and provision of two manufacturers of active pharma- scientific and regulatory advice. ceutical ingredients (APIs) which are GMP licensed. There is one independent Pharmaceutical activities in Malta have laboratory which is GMP authorized pro- adapted and developed themselves in viding services for the industry, although line with the standards as stipulated a number of other GMP authorized by EU pharmaceutical legislation. The manufacturing sites have testing facilities Medicines Authority also took a number of which may also contract out. Growth has initiatives to support innovation and com- been mainly in the number of repacka- petitiveness such as expansion of activi- gers and importers – with a number of ties in line with industry and public health sites being authorized for both activities. requirements and a mutual recognition Repackaging/relabelling concerns mainly agreement for inspectorate activities. ‘partial manufacturing’ activities covering Such mutual recognition provides easier labelling of products in accordance with access to new markets for local manufac- national marketing authorizations and turers. of parallel imports. Importers are mainly

Figure 5. Number of licensed pharmaceutical activities

35 Importers Repackagers 30 Laboratories Manufacturers (API) Manufacturers (gases) 25 Manufacturers (generics)

10 Number of EU GMP activities authorized Number of EU GMP 5

0 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011* * As at June 2011 Year

351 Regulatory Focus WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Table 2. Number of authorized wholesale dealers and pharmacies

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011*

Wholesale dealers 82 74 66 69 74 72 71 68

Community pharmacies 208 206 207 207 208 209 211 213

* As at June 2011 active in the area of importation of medi- Since publication of the Clinical Trials cinal products from third-party countries Directive (9) and its transposition into into the EU and their release into the Maltese legislation, clinical trials have European market, an activity which is on been regulated in Malta. At EU level, the the increase. regulation of clinical trials came into force in 2004 — at the same time as Malta’s As shown in Table 2, wholesale dealing accession into the EU. Up to June 2011, and activity at pharmacy level, there have the Medicines Authority evaluated the been limited changes in the number of scientific and regulatory parts of twenty- operators. The model for the supply chain one applications, mainly phase III trials. in Malta has not changed significantly: Information on clinical trials authorized in marketing authorization holders are Malta is published at http://www.clinical- represented by local agents. The concept trialsregister.eu. It is expected that this of full-line wholesale dealing has not area will grow once the new life sciences developed at all. The number of commu- park, aimed at consolidating and boos- nity pharmacies has increased slightly ting Malta’s research and innovation following publication of new legislation capacity, is completed in 2013. in 2007, which brought about a change in demographic criteria for the opening Malta actively participates in discussions of new pharmacies. In community phar- at EU level in the area of pharmaceutical macies there was a gradual roll out of policy and legislation. Also, the country the Pharmacist of Your Choice Scheme actively took part in discussions on infor- whereby private community pharmacies mation on medicinal products, pharma- started distributing medicines which were covigilance, falsified medicines and the previously distributed by public pharma- impact of pharmaceutical EU legislations cies and this brought about the need for on small Member States in areas such as increased regulation over pharmacies to availability of medicinal products. Active ensure that they continued to maintain participation at this level impacts both their standards in spite of increased stock public health and also competitiveness of holding. locally operating industry.

Pharmaceutical operators are inspected A strong regulatory framework safeguards on a two-year cycle. As from 2011, the public health and also provides a level Medicines Authority has expanded the playing field for economic operators. The risk-based approach previously used in Medicines Authority is also committed clinical trials to all inspections. Set criteria to the principles of better regulation to are used to identify the level of risk of ensure simplification, improved policy each operator. Each operator will be making and a reduction in administrative inspected at least once every three years burden. and more often in accordance with risk evaluation.

352 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Regulatory Focus

Conclusion munities. Online version available at: http:// ec.europa.eu/governance/better_regulation/ Regulation of medicinal products has documents/brochure/br_brochure_en.pdf. increased trust in products available on the local market. A robust system is in 2. Malta Medicines Act: Act III of 2003 Medi- place to ensure that products are of good cines Act, Chapter 458 of the Laws of Malta. Online version available at: http://www.justice- quality, safe and efficacious, their integrity services.gov.mt/LOM.aspx?pageid=27&mode is maintained up to patient level and the =chrono&gotoID=458 risk of falsified medicines entering into the legal supply chain is reduced. 3. Adapted from: Vella Bonanno. P., (2010). The managed entry of new drugs into a The Medicines Authority is committed to national health service: A case study for Malta, informing and empowering healthcare prior to its becoming a Member State of the professionals and patients in the choice European Union. Germany: LAP Lambert of treatments and use of medicines. Academic Publishing. The Authority will continue to support innovation and competitiveness through 4. World Health Organization. How to Deve- effective, efficient, proportionate and lop and Implement a national drug policy. consistent regulation. Geneva (2001). Online version available at: http://apps.who.int/medicinedocs/pdf/s2283e/ The impact of EU accession on availa- s2283e. bility has been significant, particularly 5. Directive 2001/83/EC on the Community given the size of the local market. Malta code relating to medicinal products for human has adopted legislative and regulatory use as amended by Directive 2004/27/EC measures available within the current of the European Parliament and the Council legislative framework to support availabi- of Europe, 31 March 2004. Official Journal lity, access and affordability of products (L136) 30 April 2004. pp. 34 – 57. on the local market. Local stakeholders acknowledge that compliance opens 6. Galea, C. Regulating the policies of medi- opportunities at European and internatio- cines in small states with special reference to the Maltese Islands. [Unpublished] (2007). nal levels. Challenges with compliance University of Malta. arose mainly due to lack of knowledge and understanding and the Medicines 7. Task Force of HMA MG, (2007) Availabi- Authority has endeavoured to inform and lity of Human Medicinal Products. Portugal: support stakeholders both at group as Heads of Medicines Agencies. Online version well as individual operator level. available at: http://www.hma.eu/uploads/ media/Availability_medicines_HMAMG_TF_ The Medicines Authority will continue Report.pdf. strengthening and expanding its role within the EU pharmaceutical regulatory fra- 8. Pharmaceutical Forum. Ensuring availability of medicines in small national markets. (2008). mework. A consistent approach towards Online version available at: http://ec.europa. pharmaceutical regulation has resulted eu/pharmaforum/docs/pricing_medicines_ in enhanced and protected patient health en.pdf. and consumer trust, effective and fair competition and opportunities for impro- 9. Directive 2001/20/EC of the European ved health and industry development. Parliament and the Council of 4 April 2001 on the approximation of the laws, regulations References and administrative provisions of the Member States relating to the implementation of good 1. European Commission (2006). Better Regu- clinical practice in the conduct of clinical trials lation – Simply Explained. Luxembourg: Office on medicinal products for human use. Official for Official Publications of the European Com- Journal, (L121). 1 May 2001. pp. 34 – 44.

353 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

International Harmonization

Integration and application of equivalent regulatory assessments from other countries*

Regulators attending the Fourteenth International Conference of Drug Regula- tory Authorities held in Singapore, 30 November – 3 December 2010, proposed a series of recommendations to harness implementation of the processes discussed during the conference proceedings, including conclusions made following the two-day pre-ICDRA meeting Effective collaboration: the future for medicines regulation. Within this framework, a session was organized on how regulators may constructively utilize resources made available by other countries. The re- sulting recommendation states: WHO should encourage regulators operating schemes that openly and transpar- ently utilize data from other countries (e.g., Canada, New Zealand, Singapore and Switzerland) to, inter alia, document their processes and experiences to provide a resource for use by other countries. Swissmedic, the Swiss Agency for Therapeutic Products, has responded to this recommendation in the following article.

Utilization of data originating decision-making processes — particularly from other countries in national in times when resources are scarce. marketing authorizations Different categories of assessing an Requirements for the demonstration of action that has been made by another re- quality, safety and efficacy of medicinal gulatory agency range from simply taking products have been harmonized to a note; taking into consideration, and partial great extent between ICH1 and asso- or complete recognition of the decision. ciated countries and these regulatory authorities apply equivalent standards During the pre-ICDRA meeting, Canada, to ensure quality, safety and efficacy New Zealand, Singapore and Switzer- of a medicinal product worldwide. land made presentations of their specific Therefore, the question may be asked approaches during a session dedicated to whether it would not make sense to the question on how to deal with assess- consider elements of the assessment ments made in other countries during the made by another authority in one’s own decision-making process.

*Article by Cordula Landgraf, Head of Networking, Swissmedic, Swiss Agency for Therapeutic, Products, Berne, Switzerland

1The International Conference on Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuti- cals for Human Use (ICH) is a forum bringing together the regulatory authorities and pharmaceutical industry of the European Union, Japan and USA to discuss scientific and technical aspects of medicines registration requirements. ICH technical guidelines are voluntarily implemented by the ICH parties and countries associated with ICH by other voluntary commitments such as Australia, Canada, Singapore and Switzerland.

354 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 International Harmonization

Situation in Switzerland of its own, namely when it is in the public In Switzerland, the Federal Act on Thera- health interest to expedite the procedure peutic Products (ATP) which entered into and ensure early market access, e.g., for force in 2002 (1) specifies in Article 13 authorization of a vaccine in a pandemic that if a medicinal product or procedure situation. is already authorized in a country having equivalent medicinal product control, Countries (3) regarded as having an equi- the results of tests carried out for this valent medicinal product control system purpose shall be taken into account. are listed on the Swissmedic web site and include Australia, Canada, European At the time of the pandemic H1N1 influen- Union, European Economic Area, Japan, za situation in 2009, political discussions New Zealand, Singapore and USA. The in Switzerland centered on Article 13 and main criteria to qualify for the list are (i) the question of how to consider regulatory arrangements for the sharing of (confi- assessments made in other countries to dential) information between Swissmedic ensure access as early as possible to the and the respective authority of the foreign respective pandemic vaccines. Swiss- country and (ii) application of the ICH medic needed to respond urgently and guidelines. put forward a strategy on how to implement the provisions of Article 13 of the The provisions of Article 13 of the ATP ATP in an appropriate way. are laid down in an implementing guideline (4) and apply to first authorizations, The strategy is based upon four pillars including major variations, for human and and laid down in a new Article of the Ordi- veterinary medicinal products. Variations nance on Medicinal Products (2). to the product information, recognition of batch release and variations requiring Competence for cooperation notification only are not within the scope To retain its competency and scientific of the guideline. expertise and to be an attractive international partner authority, marketing authori- Application of Article 13 is made upon zation applications for new active subs- request by the applicant who must specify tances and/or new indications (innovative in the application form that Article 13 medicinal products) will still be reviewed should be applied. When validating the by Swissmedic. Upon request, the review submission, Swissmedic checks whether can be reduced appropriately but only in all requirements for application of Article duly justified cases. 13 are fulfilled. High performance To ensure state-of-the-art assessment, Marketing authorization applications for the marketing authorization granted by known active substances are fully eligible the reference authority or the last upda- for the provisions of Article 13 of the ATP. ted version of the entire documentation In general, the review is reduced to the that was authorized must not be older final assessment report of the reference than five years.The complete basis for authority. decision making of the reference authority must be submitted. Documents can Risk-based approach be submitted in one of the official Swiss The agency follows a risk-based ap- languages (German, French and Italian) proach making use of resources where or in English. The applicant is required most needed. to state in the application letter that the documentation submitted is identical to Ex officio reduced evaluation that upon which the reference authority In justified cases, the Agency may also based its approval. Minor deviations carry out an ex officio reduced evaluation from the documentation submitted in the

355 International Harmonization WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 country of authorization are possible if In the event that the product in ques- sufficiently justified, e.g., different name, tion is approved by both FDA and EMA, packaging size, primary or secondary Swissmedic refrains from evaluating the packaging. Specific requirements for assessment reports. An evaluation of Switzerland have to be met, e.g., label- the assessment reports only takes place ling and language requirements. They should there be material differences in are submitted in a Swiss module 1 of the the decision making, i.e., approval by one common technical document (CTD). authority and rejection by the other, or if there has been a previous rejection or If a medicinal product has been approved withdrawal by Swissmedic. by more than one country with comparable medicinal product control, the appli- To retain its competency and scienti- cant should submit copies of all official fic expertise, Swissmedic conducts a decisions from the respective authorities comprehensive scientific assessment of that granted the marketing authorization. applications for marketing authorizations However, the applicant can choose a for medicinal products containing new reference authority and submit complete active substances as well as line exten- documentation and results of the assess- sions. The assessment can be reduced in ment of this reference authority only. In the following justified cases: the event that both the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the European 1. Medicinal product with orphan drug Medicines Agency (EMA) have granted status granted by EMA or FDA. approval, the applicant is required to sub- 2. Medicinal products fulfilling all of the mit complete documentation and assess- following requirements: ment results of both agencies. • Treatment of a life-threatening or In principle, Swissmedic restricts eva- debilitating disease. luation of a product with a known active substance to the quality, safety and effi- • Treatment possibilities with authorized cacy assessment reports of the reference medicinal products do not exist or are authority. If concerns arise, Swissmedic unsatisfactory. will carry out its own assessment of the • Considerable therapeutic advantage documentation focusing on the items of from using the product is expected. concern. Figure 1. Total number of Article 13 procedures since 2008

140

120

100

0 2008 2009 2010 2011* *Data up to October 2011

356 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 International Harmonization

Figure 2. Number and type of application 80

70 New active substances 60 Generics 50

Major variations 40

30 Variations

20 Known active substances

0 2008 2009 2010 2011* *Data up to October 2011

• The product is already approved by confidence in abilities. This is built over EMA and/or FDA and there are no time and strengthened through working major divergences regarding their in close collaboration with colleagues. decision making. Implementation of guidelines on how to consider other regulatory assessments In the event that all requirements for should therefore recognize the impor- the application of Article 13 are met and tance of mutual cooperation and creating Swissmedic’s decision can be entirely mechanisms within which assessors can based upon the reference authority’s eva- work together, get to know each other luation, the target processing time for the and fully appreciate each others’ methods evaluation will be reduced by one-third of working. with the exception of the validation phase, i.e., the evaluation time for first authori- References zations will only be 200 instead of 300 calendar days. Similarly, the fees payable 1. Act on Therapeutic Products,15 Decem- will be reduced by one-third. (Figure 1). ber 2000. http://www.swissmedic.ch/index. html?lang=en Figure 2 identifies the change in strategy made on 1 July 2010 when the focus for 2. Article 5a-d. Ordinance on Medicinal Pro- use of Article 13 was placed on known ducts, 1 July 2010 at http://www.admin.ch/ch/f/ active substances, including generics. rs/c812_212_21.html 3. List of all countries with comparable control Conclusion of medicinal products at http://www.swiss- The legal basis for Swissmedic to consid- medic.ch/org/00063/ 00628/00654/index. er other regulatory assessments is clear. html?lang=enZA000_00_001e_VZ Political will and Swissmedic strategy have been aligned. 4. Authorization of medicinal products already authorized in foreign countries (Article 13, Consideration of another country’s as- ATP) at http://www.swissmedic.ch/rechtstex- sessments has much to do with trust and te/00626/index.html?lang=en

357 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Safety and Efficacy Issues

Asenapine maleate: serious Lenalidomide was reviewed following allergic reactions the results of three new studies showing a higher rate of new cancers in patients United States of America — The Food with newly diagnosed multiple myeloma and Drug Administration (FDA) has who were being treated with lenalidomide warned the public that serious allergic and received other treatments conco- reactions have been reported with the mitantly. The studies showed a four-fold use of the antipsychotic medication ase- increase in the number of new cancers in napine maleate (Saphris®). Labelling has patients being treated with lenalidomide, been revised to include information about including solid tumours and cancers this risk and that it should not be used in of the blood and the immune system. patients with a known hypersensitivity to Although the studies were carried out the drug. in patients for whom lenalidomide is not currently indicated, the Agency’s Commit- A search of the FDA’s Adverse Event tee for Medicinal Products for Human Use Reporting System (AERS) database (CHMP) was concerned that the results identified 52 cases of Type I hypersen- could also be relevant for the approved sitivity reactions. Signs and symptoms patient population. of Type I hypersensitivity reactions may include anaphylaxis, angioedema, low Reference: European Medicines Agency blood pressure, rapid heart rate, swollen Press Release, EMA/CHMP/767843/2011, 23 tongue, difficulty breathing, wheezing, or September 2011 at http://www.ema.europa.eu rash. Citalopram: dose-related Reference: FDA Drug Safety Communication: cardiac risk Serious allergic reactions reported with the use of Saphris (asenapine maleate). Safety Canada — Health Canada is reviewing Announcement, 1 September 2011 at http:// the heart-related safety of the prescription www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety antidepressant citalopram. The review is in light of new study data suggesting that Lenalidomide: positive high doses (60 mg/day) can affect the benefit-risk balance electrical activity of the heart which could potentially lead to serious, possibly fatal European Union — The European Medi- abnormal heart rhythms. cines Agency (EMA) has confirmed that the benefit-risk balance for lenalidomide Citalopram, an SSRI, is used to treat (Revlimid®) remains positive within its depression. The current Canadian pres- approved patient population but advises cribing information recommends 20 mg/ doctors of the risk of new cancers as a day of citalopram in adults. Some people result of treatment with the medicine. who have not responded to this dose are prescribed 40 or even 60 mg/day. Lenalidomide is used in combination with dexamethasone to treat adult Reference: Information Update 2011- patients with multiple myeloma whose 134, 13 October 2011 at http://www. disease has been treated at least once hc-sc.gc.ca/ahc-asc/media/advisories- in the past. avis/_2011/2011_134-eng.php

358 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Safety and Efficacy Issues

Terpenic derivatives: keting surveillance and the published new contraindications literature. European Union — The European Medi- Reference: European Medicines Agency cines Agency (EMA) has recommended Press Release, EMA/CHMP/767846/2011, 23 updating the product information for September 2011 at http://www.ema.europa.eu suppositories containing terpenic derivatives with new contraindications following Gonadotropin-releasing hormone: the finalization of a review of their use in cardiovascular risk children under 30 months by the Agency’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Canada — Health Canada is informing Human Use (CHMP). health professionals and patients about a possible increased risk of certain heart- The CHMP concluded that there was a related events in men being treated for risk of these medicines inducing neuro- prostate cancer with a gonadotropin-re- logical disorders, especially convulsions, leasing hormone (GnRH) agonist. Based in infants and small children and recom- on information collected from scientific mended that their use should be contra- literature, the risk appears to be low. indicated in children under 30 months and in children with a history of epilepsy or When determining an appropriate pros- febrile convulsion. It also concluded that tate cancer treatment, physicians should there was a risk of these medicines cau- weigh the benefits of androgen depriva- sing local anorectal lesions and recom- tion therapy against the potential cardio- mended their use should be contraindi- vascular risk of GnRH agonists, along cated in children with a recent history of with any additional factors that may put anorectal lesion. a patient at increased risk for heart-related events. Patients receiving a GnRH Suppositories containing terpenic deriva- agonist should be monitored for signs and tives (including camphor, cineole, niaouli, symptoms suggestive of development of wild thyme, terpineol, terpine, citral, cardiovascular disease, and managed menthol and essential oils of pine needle, according to current clinical practice. eucalyptus and turpentine) are typically The labelling for GnRH agonist drugs has indicated for supportive treatment for mild been updated to warn of the potential acute bronchial disorders, particularly increased risk of heart-related side-ef- productive and non-productive cough. fects. The review procedure was initiated after Reference: Information Update 2011-122 , 8 the French Safety of Medicines Agency September 2011 at http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca. (Afssaps) expressed concerns about the safety of suppositories containing ter- Uromitexan: infant fatal penic derivatives, particularly the risk of gasping syndrome serious neurological side-effects such as convulsions in young children. Canada — The manufacturer of uromitexan (Mesna®) has informed healthcare The Committee reviewed all available professionals of cases of fatal gasping data including the benefit-risk assess- syndrome in neonates and infants ment carried out by France and informa- associated with the use of drug products tion requested from the companies that containing benzyl alcohol as the preser- market suppositories containing terpenic vative. derivatives in the European Union. This included study data supporting marketing Uromitexan, multi-dose vials, is indi- authorizations and safety data including cated for the reduction and prevention of reports of side effects from post-mar- hemorrhagic cystitis in adults and children

359 Safety and Efficacy Issues WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

13 years and older only. However, this and fatigue after initiation of treatment product has been reported to be used off- with dasatinib should be evaluated for label in younger patients. more common etiologies and treatment should be withheld during evaluation if The multi-dose vials of uromitexan symptoms are severe. contain the preservative benzyl alcohol, which can cause serious or fatal reac- Improvements in haemodynamic and tions. The new multi-dose vials should not clinical parameters have been observed be used in paediatric patients 12 years in patients with PAH following cessation old and younger because of their benzyl of dasatinib therapy and this should be alcohol content. permanently discontinued if the diagnosis of PAH is confirmed Reference: Communication from Baxter Cor- poration, 15 August 2011 at http://www.hc-sc. Reference: Communication from Bristol- gc.ca. Myers Squibb, 26 August 2011 at http://www. hc-sc.gc.ca. Dasatinib: pulmonary arterial hypertension Drospirenone: increased risk of blood clots Canada — The manufacturer of dasatinib (Sprycel®) has informed healthcare United States of America — The Food professionals of important new safety and Drug Administration (FDA) remains information regarding reports of serious concerned about the potential increased pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH) in risk of blood clots with the use of dros- patients treated with dasatinib. pirenone-containing birth control pills. Dasatinib belongs to the class of protein- tyrosine kinase inhibitors. It is marketed The FDA has completed its review of for adult patients with newly diagnosed the two 2011 studies that evaluated the Philadelphia chromosome positive (Ph+) risk of blood clots for women who use chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) in chro- drospirenone-containing contraceptives, nic phase. Dasatinib has also received previously mentioned in FDA’s Drug marketing authorization for the treatment Safety Communication issued on 31 May of adult patients with Ph+ chronic, acce- 2011. The FDA is continuing its review of lerated, or blast phase CML and adult a separate FDA-funded study that eva- patients with Ph+ acute lymphoblastic luated the risk of blood clots in users of leukemia (ALL) who are resistant or in- several different hormonal contraceptives. tolerant to previous therapies. Preliminary results of the FDA-funded study suggest an approximately 1.5-fold A total of 60 serious pulmonary hyper- increase in the risk of blood clots for tension (PH) cases have been reported women who use drospirenone-containing worldwide between June 2006 and birth control pills compared to users of June 2011, including 12 cases of PAH) other hormonal contraceptives. confirmed by right heart catheterizatin, in association with dasatinib treatment. No Given the conflicting nature of the find- Canadian cases of PH or PAH have been ings from six published studies evaluating reported during this time period. this risk (1–6), as well as preliminary data from the FDA-funded study, the FDA has Patients should be evaluated for signs scheduled a joint meeting of the Repro- and symptoms of underlying cardio- ductive Health Drugs Advisory Committee pulmonary disease before initiating dasa- and the Drug Safety and Risk Manage- tinib therapy. Patients who develop symp- ment Advisory Committee to discuss the toms suggestive of PAH such as dyspnea risks and benefits and specifically the risk

360 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Safety and Efficacy Issues of blood clots of drospirenone-containing ming the public of an ongoing safety birth control pills (7). review of the anti-nausea drug ondansetron (Zofran®), ondansetron hydrochlo- References ride and their generics. Ondansetron may increase the risk of developing abnormal 1.Seeger JD, Loughlin J, Eng PM, Clifford CR, changes in the electrical activity of the Cutone J, Walker AM. Risk of thromboembo- heart, which can result in a potentially lism in women taking ethinylestradiol/drospire- fatal abnormal heart rhythm. none and other oral contraceptives. Obstet Gynecol 2007; 110(3):587–93. Ondansetron and ondansetron hydrochloride are 5-HT3 receptor antagonists used 2. Dinger JC, Heinemann LA, Kühl-Habich D. The safety of a drospirenone-containing oral to prevent nausea and vomiting caused contraceptive: final results from the European by cancer chemotherapy, radiation the- Active Surveillance Study on oral contra- rapy and surgery (1). ceptives based on 142,475 women-years of observation. Contraception 2007; 75:344–54. The manufacturer of Zofran® is being required to conduct a thorough QT study 3. Lidegaard Ø, Løkkegaard E, Svendsen AL, to assess the potential to prolong the Agger C. Hormonal contraception and risk of QT interval. Results from this study are venous thromboembolism: national follow-up expected in the summer of 2012. Label study. BMJ 2009; 339:b2890. changes may result after the additional information has been reviewed. Ondanse- 4. Van Hylckama V, Helmerhorst FM, Vanden- tron labelling already contains information broucke JP, Doggen CJM, Rosendaal FR. The venous thrombotic risk of oral contraceptives, about the potential for QT prolongation. effects of oestrogen dose and progestogen Additionally, published articles describe type: results of the MEGA case-control study. QT interval prolongation with ondansetron BMJ 2009; 339:b2921. or droperidol (2–4).

5. Parkin L, Sharples K, Hernandez RK, Jick References SS. Risk of venous thromboembolism in users of oral contraceptives containing drospirenone 1. National Center for Biotechnology Infor- or levonorgestrel: nested case-control study mation. U.S. National Library of Medicine. based on UK General Practice Research PubMed Drug & Supplements Monograph Database. BMJ 2011; 342:d2139. Ondansetron. Available at: http://www.nlm.nih. gov/medlineplus/druginfo/meds/a601209.html. 6. Jick SS, Hernandez RK. Risk of non-fatal Accessed September 10, 2011. venous thromboembolism in women using oral contraceptives containing drospirenone com- 2. Charbit et al. Droperidol and ondansetron- pared with women using oral contraceptives induced QT interval prolongation. Anesthesio- containing levonorgestrel: case-control study logy 2008; 109(2): 206-212. using United States claims data. BMJ 2011; 342:d2151. 3. Charbit et al. Prolongation of QTc interval after postoperative nausea and vomiting treat- 7. FDA Drug Safety Communication: Safety ment by droperidol or ondansetron. Anesthe- review update on the possible increased risk siology 2005; 102(6): 1094-1100. of blood clots with birth control pills containing drospirenone. Safety Announcement, 26 4. Nathan et al. Implicationa of Anesthesia in September 2011 at http://www.fda.gov/Drugs/ Children with Long QT syndrome. Anesthesia DrugSafety/ucm273021.htm and Analgesia 2011; 112(5): 1163-1168.

Ondansetron: QT prolongation 5. FDA Drug Safety Communication: Abnormal heart rhythms may be associated with use United States of America — The Food of Zofran® (ondansetron). Safety Announce- and Drug Administration (FDA) is infor- ment, 15 September 2011 at http://www.fda. gov/Drugs/DrugSafety

361 Safety and Efficacy Issues WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

TNFα blockers: Legionella and 5. Beigel F, Jürgens M, Filik L et al. Severe Listeria Legionella pneumophila pneumonia following infliximab therapy in a patient with Crohn’s United States of America — The Food disease. Inflamm Bowel Dis 2009;15:1240-4. and Drug Administration (FDA) has informed healthcare professionals that 6. Wondergem MJ, Voskuyl AE, van Agtmael MA. A case of legionellosis during treatment the boxed warning for the entire class with a TNFalpha antagonist. Scand J Infect of tumour necrosis factor-alpha (TNFα) Dis 2004;36:310-1. blockers has been updated to include the risk of infection from two bacterial pa- 7. Jinno S, Pulido S, Pien BC. First reported thogens, Legionella and Listeria. In addi- United States case of Legionella pneumophila tion, the labelling for all of TNFα blockers serogroup 1 pneumonia in a patient receiving has been revised to contain information anti-tumor necrosis factor-alpha therapy. about the risk of serious infections and Hawaii Med J 2009;68:109-12. associated disease-causing pathogens. 8. Kohn A, Daperno M, Armuzzi A, Cappello M, Biancone L, Orlando A, et al. Infliximab in TNFα blockers are used to treat Crohn severe ulcerative colitis: short-term results of disease, ulcerative colitis, rheumatoid different infusion regimens and long-term fol- arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic low-up. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2007;26:747- arthritis, plaque psoriasis, and/or juvenile 56. idiopathic arthritis. Since TNFα blockers are immunosuppressants, patients are 9. Li Gobbi F, Benucci M, Del Rosso A. Pneu- at increased risk of serious infections. monitis caused by Legionella pneumoniae in These can involve various organ systems a patient with rheumatoid arthritis treated with and sites due to bacterial, mycobacte- anti-TNF-alpha therapy (infliximab). J Clin rial, fungal, viral and other opportunistic Rheumatol 2005;11:119-20. pathogens. 10. Mancini G, Erario L, Gianfreda R, Oliva A, Massetti AP, Mastroianni CM, et al. Tubercu- References losis and Legionella pneumophila pneumonia in a patient receiving anti-tumour necrosis 1. Hofmann A, Beaulieu Y, Bernard F et al. factor-alpha (anti-TNF-alpha) treatment. Clin Fulminant legionellosis in two patients treated Microbiol Infect 2007;13:1036-7. with infliximab for Crohn’s disease: case series and literature review. Can J Gastroente- 11. Eisendle K, Fritsch P. Fatal fulminant rol 2009; 23:829-33. legionnaires’ disease in a patient with severe

erythodermic psoriasis treated with infliximab 2. Kroesen S, Widmer AF, Tyndall A, Hasler after long-term steroid therapy. Br J Dermatol P. Serious bacterial infections in patients with 2005;152:585-6. rheumatoid arthritis under anti-TNF-alpha therapy. Rheumatology. 2003;42:617-21. 12. Kesteman T, Yombi JC, Gigi J, Durez P. 3. Tubach F, Ravaud P, Salmon-Céron D et Listeria infections associated with infliximab: al. Emergence of Legionella pneumophila case reports. Clin Rheumatol 2007;26:2173-5. pneumonia in patients receiving tumor necrosis factor-alpha antagonists. Clin Infect Dis 13. Slifman NR, Gershon SK, Lee JH, Ed- 2006;43:e95-100. wards ET, Braun MM. Listeria monocytogenes infection as a complication of treatment with 4. Dixon WG, Watson K, Lunt M et al; British tumor necrosis factor alpha-neutralizing Society for Rheumatology Biologics Register. agents. Arthritis Rheum 2003;48:319-24. Rates of serious infection, including site-specific and bacterial intracellular infection, in rheu- 14. Jessel P, Safdar N, McCune WJ, Saint S, matoid arthritis patients receiving anti-tumor Kaul DR. Clinical problem-solving. Thinking necrosis factor therapy: results from the British inside the box. N Engl J Med 2010;363:574-9. Society for Rheumatology Biologics Register. Arthritis Rheum 2006;54:2368-76.

362 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Safety and Efficacy Issues

15. Peña-Sagredo JL, Hernández MV, Fer- on the safety of antipsychotic drugs in nandez-Llanio N, Giménez-Ubeda E, Muñoz- pregnancy. A search of the US Food and Fernandez S, Ortiz A, et al. Listeria monocy- Drug Administration’s (FDA) Adverse togenes infection in patients with rheumatic Event Reporting System database identi- diseases on TNF-alpha antagonist therapy: fied 69 suspected cases of neonatal EPS the Spanish Study Group experience. Clin Exp Rheumatol 2008;26:854-9. or withdrawal associated with antipsychotic drugs (1). 16. Murphy G, Schmidt-Martin D, Hynes BG, Harney S. Systemic listeriosis with adalimu- Symptoms reported include agitation, mab therapy. J Clin Rheumatol 2009;15:369- hypertonia, hypotonia, tremor, somno- 70. lence, respiratory distress and feeding disorders, which may occur anytime from 17. Ramos JM, García-Sepulcre MF, Masiá birth to one month after birth. The severity M, Brotons A, Grau MC, Gutiérrez F. Liste- of the symptoms may vary, with some ria monocytogenes infection in patients with inflammatory bowel diseases receiving anti-tu- neonates recovering within hours or days mor necrosis factor therapy. Rev Esp Enferm without specific treatment, while others Dig 2010;102:614-6. required intensive care support and prolonged hospitalization. 18. FDA Drug Safety Communication: Drug labels for the Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha It was not possible to determine if the (TNFα) blockers now include warnings about events were a result of antipsychotic infection with Legionella and Listeria bacteria. drug toxicity or withdrawal since blood Safety Announcement, 7 September 2011 levels of the implicated drugs were not at http://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety/ provided. The majority of the cases were ucm273021.htm confounded by other factors, including concomitant use of other drugs known to Neonates exposed to antipsychotic be associated with withdrawal symptoms drugs: withdrawal symptoms (such as antidepressants, benzodiaze- pines, non-benzodiazepine hypnotics and Singapore — The Health Sciences Au- opioids), prematurity, congenital malfor- thority (HSA) would like to inform health- mations, and obstetrical and perinatal care professionals that neonates exposed complications (e.g., placental problems, to antipsychotic drugs during the third pre-eclampsia). However, there were trimester of pregnancy are at potential some suspected cases which suggest risk of extrapyramidal signs (EPS) and/or that neonatal EPS and withdrawal may withdrawal symptoms following delivery. occur with antipsychotic drugs alone.

Antipsychotic drugs are used to treat Similarly, in June 2011, Health Canada symptoms of psychiatric disorders such has also informed healthcare professio- as schizophrenia and bipolar disorders. nals and consumers that the prescribing Antipsychotic drugs registered in Sin- information for antipsychotic drugs is gapore are: amisulpride, aripiprazole, being updated to reflect safety informa- chlorpromazine, clozapine, flupenthixole, tion on the potential risk of EPS or with- fluphenazine, haloperidol, olanzapine, drawal in newborns whose mothers were paliperidone, perphenazine, prochlo- treated with antipsychotic drugs during perazine, quetiapine, risperidone, sul- the third trimester of pregnancy (2). pride, trifluoperazine, ziprasidone, and To date, HSA has not received any local zuclopenthixol. reports of neonatal EPS or withdrawal With the lack of large, well-designed, associated with the use of antipsychotic prospective comparative studies, there drugs during the third trimester of pre- is currently limited information available gnancy.

363 Safety and Efficacy Issues WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

References for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP). 1. FDA Drug Safety Communication, Antipsy- chotic drug labels updated on use during pre- A study analysing the side effects asso- gnancy and risk of abnormal muscle move- ciated with strontium ranelate sponta- ments and withdrawal symptoms in newborns. http://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety/ neously reported in France from January ucm243903.htm 2006 to March 2009 noted 199 severe adverse reactions, of which 52% were 2. Antipsychotic drugs: Labelling update cardiovascular (most frequently VTE regarding the risk of abnormal muscle events) and 26% were cutaneous. The movements and withdrawal symptoms in authors concluded that DRESS syndrome newborns exposed during pregnancy.http:// is unpredictable, but that the VTE risk www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ahc-asc/media/advisories- could be reduced by adding a contraindi- avis/_2011/2011_78-eng.php cation for patients with a history of VTE and by stopping treatment if a new VTE 3. Health Sciences Authority. Risk of neonatal extrapyramidal signs and/or withdrawal symp- risk situation occurs. Based on a recent toms with antipsychotic drug use during third pharmacovigilance update and pending trimester of pregnancy. HSA Safety Informa- an EU-wide review, the French Safety tion, 26 Sep 2011 at http://www.hsa.sg of Medicines Agency (Afssaps) recommended restricting the use of strontium Strontium ranelate: cardiovascular ranelate to those patients who are under and cutaneous toxicity 80 years of age, at high risk of fractures and who cannot take bisphosphonates. European Union — The European Medi- cines Agency (EMA) has started a review The CHMP is now reviewing all relevant of the osteoporosis medicines contai- data on cardiovascular and cutaneous ning strontium-ranelate (Protelos® and safety concerns. Osseor®), to determine whether cases of References venous thromboembolism and drug rash with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms 1. Ranélate de strontium (Protelos®): effets have an impact on the benefit-risk profile indésirables rapporté en France; Presse Med. 2011; (10):e453-e462. and conditions of use. 40 Protelos® and Osseor®, from Les Labo- 2. European Medicines Agency. Press Re- EMA/CHMP/827880/2011, 20 October ratoires Servier, were authorized on 21 lease, September 2004 and are indicated for 2011 at http://www.ema.europa.eu/ treatment of postmenopausal osteoporosis to reduce the risk of vertebral and hip Bevacizumab: ovarian failure fractures. New Zealand — Medsafe has advised Venous thromboembolism (VTE) and prescribers to discuss the possibility of drug rash with eosinophilia and systemic ovarian failure with all female patients symptoms (DRESS) are known risks of prior to treatment with bevacizumab these medicines. The risk of VTE was (Avastin®), a recombinant monoclonal identified in clinical trials and the risk antibody that inhibits tumour angiogene- of DRESS through spontaneous repor- sis and tumour growth. ting soon after the granting of the initial marketing authorization, and warnings This advice follows the publication of a are included in the product information. recent study, NSABP-C08, which found The risks are addressed in the risk-mana- ovarian failure occurs commonly in asso- gement plan and have been kept under ciation with bevacizumab use. Although close review by the Agency’s Committee ovarian failure is a well recognized com-

364 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Safety and Efficacy Issues plication of chemotherapy, it has not Orlistat-containing medicines previously been reported in clinical trials under review of bevacizumab. European Union — The European Bevacizumab is approved for use in New Medicines Agency (EMA) has started a Zealand for the treatment of various can- review of orlistat-containing anti-obesity cers including colorectal cancer, renal cell medicines to determine whether very rare cancer, nonsquamous non-small cell lung cases of hepatic injury have an impact on cancer, breast cancer, and high grade their benefit-risk profile and conditions of malignant glioma. use. Reference: Prescriber Update, 32(3), Sep- The review includes the centrally autho- tember 2011 at http://www.medsafe.govt.nz rized prescription-only medicine Xeni- cal®, 120 mg and the centrally authorized Gadolinium: nephrogenic over-the-counter-medicine Alli®, 60 mg systemic fibrosis as well as a number of medicines containing orlistat that have either already or New Zealand — Medsafe has reminded are in the process of being authorized at prescribers of a rare but severe side national level. effect associated with gadolinium based contrast agents (GBCA), often Overall, between 1997 and January 2011 used during MRI. This reminder follows there were 21 cases of suspected serious a recent publication that describes five liver toxicity for which a causal link to or- cases of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis listat cannot be excluded, although these (NSF) associated with the use of gado- cases do not provide strong evidence of a diamide (Omniscan®) in New Zealand. link to orlistat as alternative explanations for liver injury are present in many of the Medsafe has advised healthcare profes- cases. Furthermore, the number of cases sionals that: needs to be considered in the context of cumulative usage of these medicines in • All patients should be screened for 38 million patients. renal dysfunction prior to receiving a GBCA. The Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP) is now reviewing • Gadodiamide and gadopentetic acid all relevant data on the risk of hepato- (Magnevist®) are contraindicated toxicity of orlistat-containing medicines for use in patients with severe renal and will issue an opinion on whether or insufficiency and in patients with acute not the marketing authorizations for these renal insufficiency of any severity due medicines should be revoked, suspended to hepatorenal syndrome, or in a peri- or changed. operative liver transplantation period. Reference: European Medicines Agency • Other GBCAs should be used with Press Release, EMA/CHMP/771335/2011, 22 caution in patients with severe renal September 2011 at http://www.ema.europa.eu insufficiency. The minimum recommended dose should Romiplostim: acute myelogenous be used and sufficient time should be leukaemia allowed between doses to ensure complete elimination. United Kingdom — Available data from a randomized clinical study of patients Reference: Prescriber Update, 32(3), Sep- with thrombocytopenia associated with tember 2011 at http://www.medsafe.govt.nz myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) has

365 Safety and Efficacy Issues WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 shown an increase in the number of clusion of other clinical entities presenting cases of disease progression to acute with thrombocytopenia. The diagnosis of myelogenous leukaemia (AML) and MDS must be excluded. transient increases in blast cell counts in patients treated with romiplostim A bone marrow aspirate and biopsy (Nplate®) compared to placebo. should normally be carried out before initiating Nplate® treatment and over A positive benefit/risk for Nplate® is the course of the disease and treatment, established only for the treatment of particularly in patients over 60 years of thrombocytopenia associated with chronic age, and those with systemic symptoms immune (idiopathic) thrombocytopenic or abnormal signs, such as increased purpura (ITP). Nplate® must not be used peripheral blast cells. in other clinical conditions associated with thrombocytopenia. Reference: Medicines and Healthcare Pro- ducts Regulatory Agency (MHRA). Communi- The diagnosis of ITP in adults and elderly cation from Amgen dated 5 September 2011 patients should be confirmed by the ex- at http://www.mhra.gov.uk

International Pharmaceutical Federation: pharmacovigilance seminar in India

The International Pharmaceutical Fede- • Patient effects of inadequate use (in- ration (FIP) held its 71st International cluding medication errors, dependence Congress in Hyderabad in September and abuse, and poisoning). 2011. • Safety challenges of mass treatment Prior to the congress, the FIP Pharmacy campaigns such as immunization Information Section organized a one-day programmes and other public health seminar entitled “Pharmacovigilance and programmes. Medicines Information to Enhance Patient In order for pharmacists to understand Safety”. The Congress provides an op- the global dimensions of pharmacovigi- portunity for pharmacists from a diverse lance, the scope of the WHO Programme range of countries to discuss issues of for International Drug Monitoring was global importance. The seminar had a explained as well as the manner in which focus on India and the role of pharmacists WHO works with national centres and in improving patient safety. its collaborating centres in Uppsala and The seminar aimed to link the clinical Accra. WHO’s responsibility is to deve- role of pharmacists managing adverse lop relevant policies, norms, standards drug reactions with local and international and guidelines for pharmacovigilance pharmacovigilance responsibilities. It also while the role of the Uppsala Centre is to covered factors which can lead to medi- collect and analyse reports from all global cation errors, and how to change systems sources, communicate potential safety to improve safety. This was an opportu- issues, and provide support and training nity to emphasize the extended scope of for pharmacovigilance programmes. pharmacovigilance which now includes: The Accra Centre provides ground and country level support and focuses on pu- • Adverse effects. blic health programmes. Although it has a strong presence in Africa, its activities • Patient effects of inadequate product extend to other countries where support quality, including unexpected lack of is required. efficacy.

366 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Safety and Efficacy Issues

In recent years WHO pharmacovigilance This approach can characterize the dura- activities have become more patient tion of adverse effects after onset and centered. The traditional approach has distinguish transient effects from those focused on problems relating to medi- which persist during continuing drug cines but the overall aim is to minimize exposure. harm to patients. Current systems can be complemented by a public health Initiatives to improve the level of phar- perspective which rapidly addresses key macovigilance in India were outlined. safety issues, provides rates of adverse Since the national pharmacovigilance effects, monitoring of adverse effects in programme was launched in 2004 there special populations (e.g., children) has been a major effort to enhance and and supporting risk management plans. coordinate activity. Current plans are for a National Coordinating Centre, 40 repor- The various challenges confronting ting centres, and four zonal offices (to pharmacovigilance were outlined. The provide operational and logistic support). level of spontaneous reporting by health Focused adverse reaction monitoring is professionals remains low compared to proposed for medicines or vaccines which its potential. Interpretation of the event have safety concerns of particular rele- is limited by the level of clinical details vance to India. provided, and delays in processing and forwarding reports can impair the process As a result of globalization, there has of identifying signals. been a trend for pharmaceutical manufacturers to outsource their pharma- Cohort event monitoring is being deve- covigilance operations to India. This is loped as an alternative to spontaneous attractive partly because of the variation reporting. This involves prospectively between the requirements for mandatory checking for adverse events in a defined monitoring in different countries. Indian population before and after the mass de- companies specializing in pharmacovigi- ployment of a new drug or in the event of lance can provide the skills and techno- new drugs introduced which have safety logy required and are familiar with global concerns. Cohort monitoring aims to: pharmacovigilance requirements because • Characterize known reactions and iden- of the export focus of the industry. tify signals for unrecognized reactions and interactions. For the clinical pharmacist, pharmacovigilance is as much about protecting • Measure risks and identify risk factors. patients as about generating data for global databases. In hospital pharmacy • Provide utilization data. practice, pharmacists need to be concer- • Assess safety in pregnancy and lacta- ned that individual patients are protected tion. from future exposure to drugs which have caused a problem (usually an allergy). • Detect inefficacy. Therefore, the focus in training pharma- Current cohort monitoring programmes cists should be on patient safety. This can are following antimalarials and antiretrovi- be facilitated by creating alerts within the rals in a number of countries. healthcare system as well as providing information which will help to protect the Targeted spontaneous reporting is an patient from future exposure, e.g. warning approach where a particular treatment is cards and medical alerts. followed in detail as part of routine care. Where facilities are available, electronic Preventing medication errors is a funda- longitudinal surveillance can link and mental responsibility of pharmacists. The follow prescribing with patient outcomes. human elements which predispose to

367 Safety and Efficacy Issues WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 errors were outlined together with sys- media was also highlighted in a dedicated tems approaches to improving safety. It symposium later in the Congress. is important for health professionals to be able to report errors easily and without The seminar effectively highlighted the fear of punishment. Pharmacists should interest and concerns of pharmacists be a part of a multidisciplinary team to from many different practice environ- implement changes which will help to ments. Most importantly, it demonstrated reduces future risks. the links between individual patient care and patient safety at a global level. The power of the media when dealing with pharmacovigilance issues was Reference: WHO Pharmaceuticals Newslet- demonstrated and led to animated dis- ter, No. 5, 2011 at http://www.who.int/medi- cussion. Pharmacist interaction with the cines

Spontaneous monitoring systems are useful in detecting signals of relatively rare, serious or unexpected adverse drug reactions. A signal is defined as “reported information on a possible causal relationship between an adverse event and a drug, the relationship being unknown or incompletely documented previously. Usually, more than a single report is required to generate a signal, depending upon the seriousness of the event and the quality of the information”. All signals must be vaidated before any regulatory decision can be made.

368 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Regulatory Action and News

Recommended composition use outside of its authorized indication of influenza vaccines: 2012 and that aprotinin should only be used as southern hemisphere authorized after careful consideration of the potential benefits and risks. Warnings World Health Organization — It is re- have also been added emphasizing that commended that the following viruses be physicians should adhere to the recom- used for influenza vaccines in the 2012 mended procedures for the manage- influenza season (southern hemisphere): ment of blood clotting and that aprotinin increases the risk of kidney problems. • an A/California/7/2009 (H1N1)pdm09- like virus; Aprotinin marketing was temporarily • an A/Perth/16/2009 (H3N2)-like virus; suspended in November 2007 at Health Canada’s request after a clinical trial, the • a B/Brisbane/60/2008-like virus. Blood Conservation Using Antifibrinolytics As in previous years, national or regional in a Randomized Trial (BART) study, was authorities approve the composition and stopped due to a higher number of deaths formulation of vaccines used in each in patients receiving aprotinin relative to country. National public health authorities two drugs also used to reduce blood loss. are responsible for making recommendations regarding the use of the vaccine. Reference: Information update 2011-124 , 21 September 2011 at http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca. WHO has published recommendations on the prevention of influenza and First ever PUMA for buccal Influenza surveillance information is midazolam updated on the WHO web site at http:// www.who.int/influenza/en. United Kingdom/European Union — The 2007 European Paediatric Regula- Reference: Weekly Epidemiological Record tion aims to improve the availability of 2011; 86:457–468 at http://www.who.int/wer medicines for children in suitable dosage forms. As an incentive for the develop- Aprotinin: resumed marketing ment of existing out-of-patent medicines specifically for use in children, the Regu- Canada — Health Canada has published lation introduced a new type of marketing the outcome of a comprehensive safety authorization known as a PUMA (Paedia- review of the heart-surgery drug aprotinin tric Use Marketing Authorization) with the (Trasylol®) where it concludes that the same exclusivity rights as a completely benefits of aprotinin outweigh the risks new medicine. when used as authorized. As a result of this assessment, the manufacturer can Buccal midazolam (Buccolam®) is a resume marketing. treatment for prolonged acute convul- Health Canada has requested that strong sive seizures. It may be considered as warnings be added to the prescribing an alternative to rectal diazepam for the information emphasizing that there have treatment of prolonged seizures. Several been reports of an increased risk of death factors should be considered when trans- in some studies associated with aprotinin ferring patients to the authorized product

369 Regulatory Action and News WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 when an unlicensed medicine other than Over the past 20 years, the number of Buccolam® has been used previously cases has been increasing, particularly among the elderly. The severity of Buccal midazolam should only be used infections has also been on the increase by parents or carers where the patient following the emergence of a new, more has been diagnosed with epilepsy. For in- virulent strain of the bacterium that has fants aged 3–6 months, treatment should spread to at least 17 European countries. only be in hospital, where monitoring is possible and resuscitation equipment is Reference: EMA Press Release, EMA/ CHMP/757738/2011, 23 September 2011 at available. In particular: http://www.ema.europa.eu • Hypersensitivity to midazolam, benzo- diazepines, or to any of the excipients Dronedarone: restricted use may occur. European Union — The European Medi- • Midazolam should be used with cau- cines Agency’s Committee for Medicinal tion in patients with chronic respiratory Products for Human Use (CHMP) has insufficiency because it may further recommended restricting the use of dro- depress respiration. nedarone (Multaq®). The anti-arrhythmic • Midazolam may accumulate in patients medicine should only be prescribed for with chronic renal failure, or impaired maintaining heart rhythm in patients with hepatic or cardiac function and should paroxysmal or persistent atrial fibrilla- therefore be used with caution in these tion for the maintenance of sinus rhythm individuals. after successful cardioversion. Due to an increased risk of liver, lung and cardio- The most common adverse reactions in vascular adverse events, dronedarone clinical trials of buccal midazolam were should only be prescribed after alternative sedation, somnolence, depressed levels treatment options have been considered. of consciousness, respiratory depression, The Committee also recommended a and nausea and vomiting. number of other risk minimization measures to reduce the risk of injuries to liver, Reference: Buccal midazolam: new autho- lung and cardiovascular system. rized medicine for paediatric use—care needed when transferring from unlicensed Dronedarone is an anti-arrhythmic medi- formulations. Drug Safety Update. Volume 5, cine authorized in 2009 for use in adults Issue 3 (October 2011) at http://www.mhra. who have had atrial fibrillation in the past gov.uk or who currently have non-permanent fibrillation. Fidaxomicin approved for Clostridium difficile infection Reference: EMA Press release, EMA/ CHMP/718819/2011, 22 September 2011 at European Union — The European Medi- http://www.ema.europa.eu cines Agency’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP) has Voclosporin: withdrawal of marke- recommended the authorization of the ting authorization application first antibiotic in a new class to treat infections with Clostridium difficile. Fidaxomi- European Union — The European cin (Dificlir®), a first-in-class macrocyclic Medicines Agency (EMA) has been noti- antibiotic, promises to improve current fied by the manufacturer of its decision treatment of the inflammation of the to withdraw the marketing authorization gut and severe diarrhoea caused by application for voclosporin (Luveniq ®), C. difficile. 10 mg soft capsules.

370 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Regulatory Action and News

Voclosporin was intended to be used continue to make this important alterna- for the treatment of patients with chro- tive formulation available to patients who nic non-infectious uveitis involving the need it. The application for a marketing posterior or intermediate segments of the authorization for a 10 mg/ml liquid for- eyes as characterized by a high degree of mulation is currently under review by the inflammation and in whom corticosteroids CHMP. are inappropriate, do not provide adequate control, or cannot be tapered below Reference: EMA Press Release, EMA/ 10 mg/day. Voclosporin was designated CHMP/737362/2011, 22 September 2011 at an orphan medicinal product on 14 Sep- http://www.ema.europa.eu tember 2007. New database of European experts Reference: EMA Press Release, EMA/ 833913/2011, 18 October 2011 at http://www. European Union — Coinciding with the ema.europa.eu/ entry into force of new rules on how to handle conflicts of interests of scien- Lacosamide syrup: tific experts, the European Medicines change in formulation Agency (EMA) has launched a database of experts which allows a search for the European Union —The European Medi- declaration of interest of all experts who cines Agency’s Committee for Medicinal have been nominated by competent au- Products for Human Use (CHMP) has thorities for medicines regulation across recommended that Vimpat® 15 mg/ml the European Union to be involved in the syrup should no longer be marketed. The Agency’s activities. CHMP’s recommendation follows the voluntary recall of Vimpa®15 mg/ml syrup The launch of the new data base is a on 15 September 2011. The recall was major building block of the Agency’s new initiated because of a quality defect in rules on the handling of conflicts of inte- some batches leading to uneven distribu- rests of its scientific experts, which aim at tion of the active substance, lacosamide, protecting the Agency’s scientific opinion- in the syrup. As this defect could not be making processes from the influence of remediated, the Committee concluded any improper interests. that the benefit does not outweigh the risk that patients might receive either too The experts’ database is accessible much or too little of the active substance, on the Agency’s web site at: http:// and therefore recommended the perma- www.ema.europa.eu/ema/index. nent discontinuation of Vimpat® 15 mg/ jsp?curl=pages/about_us/landing/experts. ml syrup. jsp&murl=menus/about_us/about_ us.jsp&mid=WC0b01ac058043244a Availability of a liquid formulation is essential for some patients. The Agency Reference: EMA Press Release at http://www. has therefore worked with the company to ema.europa.eu/ema

371 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Recent Publications, Information and Events

Marketing authorization Guidelines for medicine donations of pharmaceutical products World Health Organization — The Third World Health Organization — In 1999, edition of Guidelines for medicine dona- WHO published a manual entitled Mar- tions has been developed in cooperation keting authorization of pharmaceutical with major international agencies active products with special reference to multi- in humanitarian relief and development source (generic) products — a manual for assistance. The guidelines are intended a drug regulatory authority. The manual to improve the quality of medicine dona- aims at providing technical advice to tions in international development assis- countries intending to strengthen their tance and emergency aid. Good medicine pre-marketing evaluation and marketing donation practice is crucial to both donors authorization system. and recipients. After an initial distribution of two thousand Reference: Guidelines for medicine dona- copies to regulatory authorities, more tions. Available from WHO Press at http:// than three thousand additional copies www.who.int/bookorders. Download available have been disseminated. The manual has at http://www.who.int/medicines/publications/ become known as the «Blue Book». med_donationsguide2011/en/index.html. Feedback has since been received and Quality control methods a new edition has been developed using for herbal materials the many practical suggestions made by regulatory officials which have been taken World Health Organization — Qua- into account and incorporated. lity control methods for medicinal plant materials was first published in 1998 to The new edition now includes a series of establish quality standards and speci- documents that will be of practical assis- fications for herbal materials within the tance to regulatory authorities and cove- overall context of quality assurance and ring checklists, flow charts, model evalua- control of herbal medicines. tion reports and model correspondence. Relevant WHO guidelines (such as those The purpose of this updated edition concerning stability and bioequivalence remains unchanged from that of the first. testing) are referenced in the text. All of It supports the development of national the relevant guidelines are available from standards based on local market condi- the WHO web site at http://www.who.int/ tions with due regard to existing national medicines. legislation and national and regional norms. It describes a series of interna- Reference: Marketing authorization of phar- tionally harmonized tests for assessing maceutical products with special reference to the quality of herbal materials, including multisource (generic) products — a manual for determination of pesticide residues, arse- national medicines regulatory authorities. 2nd nic and toxic heavy metals, micro- edition. Available from WHO Press at http:// www.who.int/bookorders. Download available organisms and aflatoxins. at http://www.who.int/medicines/areas/qua- A collection of recommended test proce- lity_safety/regulation_legislation/blue_book/ en/index.html dures for assessing the identity, purity,

372 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Recent Publications, Information and Events and content of herbal materials, intended Reference: The European Union and to assist national laboratories engaged Andean Community Trade Agreements, in pharmaceutical quality control, the Intellectual Property and Public Health is manual responds to the growing use available at: http://haieurope.org/wp-content/ of herbal medicines, the special quality uploads/2011/09/Sep-2011-European-Union- Andean-Community-Trade-Agreements-Intel- problems they pose and the correspon- lectual-Property-Public-Health. ding need for international guidance on reliable methods for quality control. Pharmaceutical reform: improving This new edition will continue to serve as performance and equity key technical training material for national capacity-building and in setting standards A specific training guide for pharmaceuti- for herbal medicines. cal reform using the Harvard/World Bank Flagship course model has been Reference: Quality control methods for developed and has now been published medicinal plant materials. Available from by the World Bank in a book which is WHO Press at http://www.who.int/bookorders. available as a free download at http:// Download available at http://www.who.int/ go.worldbank.org/SRNT5208J0. An inte- medicines/publications/qas_herbalmed/en/ ractive textbook version is also available index.html at: http://www.worldbank.org/pdt

European Union and Andean Pharmaceutical reform: a guide to impro- Community Trade Agreements ving performance and equity is a practical guide for developing effective policies that The bilateral trade agreement negotia- will improve the performance of the phar- tions between the EU and Peru and maceutical sector in low- and middle-in- Colombia have concluded and now imple- come countries. The guide is designed to mentation is pending. Health Action provide policy makers with the skills and International (HAI) Europe, a member of information they need to develop policy the Latin-American and Caribbean Global initiatives that will produce real results in Alliance for Access to Medicines, has their own national settings. prepared a briefing paper, The European Union and Andean Community Trade The electronic version allows communi- Agreements, Intellectual Property and ties of practice and colleagues working Public Health, providing an overview of in sectors and regions, as well as the agreement history: the initial Euro- students and teachers, to share notes pean demands on intellectual property, and related materials for an enhanced, their implications for access to medicines, multimedia learning and knowledge-ex- negotiation developments and final out- change experience. comes. Reference: Roberts MJ, Reich MR. Phar- This policy paper is available in English maceutical reform : a guide to improving and Spanish. As a complement, HAI performance and equity. Available at http:// Europe has also developed a Chronology go.worldbank.org/SRNT5208J0 which traces back the EU-Andean Com- munity trade agreement since June 2007.

373 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Consultation Documents

The International Pharmacopoeia Bulk density and tapped density of powders

Draft proposal for inclusion of a General Method in the 4th Edition of the International Pharmacopoeia (September 2011). Please addess any comments to Quality Assurance and Safety: Medicines, World Health Orga- nization, 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland. Fax: +41 22 791 4730 or e-mail [email protected]. All working documents are available for comment at http://www.who.int/medicines/publications/pharmacopoeia/mono_dev/en/ index.html

[Note from the Secretariat: This new general method text is proposed for inclusion in the Supplementary information section of The International Pharmacopoeia (Ph.Int.). The text is based on the internationally harmonized test on bulk density and tapped density of powders.

It is intended to revise the Supplementary Information section of the Ph.Int. (structure and contents). In the proposal currently being reviewed, a new section on Test Me- thods used during pharmaceutical development and/or manufacture of dosage forms is included. The general method for bulk and tapped density of powders would, therefore, be included in this section and a specific number will be assigned to this method once the proposed format and the methods considered for this section are adopted.]

Bulk density The bulk density of a powder is the ratio of the mass of an untapped powder sample and its volume including the contribution of the interparticulate void volume. Hence, the bulk density depends on both the density of powder particles and the spatial arrangement of particles in the powder bed. The bulk density is expressed in grams per millilitre (g/ml) although the international unit is kilogram per cubic metre (1 g/ml = 1000 kg/m3) because the measurements are made using cylinders.

It may also be expressed in grams per cubic centimetre (g/cm3).

The bulking properties of a powder are dependent upon the preparation, treatment and storage of the sample, i.e., how it was handled. The particles can be packed to have a range of bulk densities and, moreover, the slightest disturbance of the powder bed may result in a changed bulk density. Thus, the bulk density of a powder is often very difficult to measure with good reproducibility and, in reporting the results, it is essential to specify how the determination was made.

The bulk density of a powder is determined by measuring the volume of a known mass of powder sample, that may have been passed through a sieve, into a graduated cylinder (Method A), or by measuring the mass of a known volume of powder that

374 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents has been passed through a volumeter into a cup (Method B) or a measuring vessel (Method C). Method A and method C are favoured.

Method A. Measurement in a graduated cylinder Procedure. Pass a quantity of powder sufficient to complete the test through a sieve with apertures greater than or equal to 1.0 mm, if necessary, to break up agglomerates that may have formed during storage; this must be done gently to avoid changing the nature of the material. Into a dry graduated cylinder of 250 ml (readable to 2 ml), gently introduce, without compacting, approximately 100 g of the test sample (m) weighed with 0.1% accuracy. Carefully level the powder without compacting, if necessary, and read the unsettled apparent volume (V0) to the nearest graduated unit. Calculate the bulk density in (g/ml) using the formula m/V0. Generally, replicate determinations are desirable for the determination of this property. If the powder density is too low or too high, such that the test sample has an untapped apparent volume of either more than 250 ml or less than 150 ml, it is not possible to use 100 g of powder sample. Therefore, a different amount of powder has to be selected as test sample such that its untapped apparent volume is 150 ml to 250 ml (apparent volume greater than or equal to 60% of the total volume of the cylinder); the mass of the test sample is specified in the expression of results. For test samples having an apparent volume between 50 ml and 100 ml a 100 ml cylinder readable to 1 ml can be used; the volume of the cylinder is specified in the expression of results. Method B. Measurement in a volumeter Apparatus. The apparatus (the Scott Volumeter) conforms to the dimensions in ASTM 329 90. (Figure 1) It consists of a top funnel fitted with a 1.0 mm sieve. The funnel is mounted over a baffle box containing four glass baffle plates over which the powder slides and bounces as it passes. At the bottom of the baffle box is a funnel that collects the powder and allows it to pour into a cup mounted directly Figure 1. Volumeter

1.0 mm sieve

Power funnel

Loading funnel

Baffle assembly

Stand Glass baffles

Sample receiving cup

375 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 below it. The cup may be cylindrical (25.00 ± 0.05 ml volume with an inside diameter of 30.00 ± 2.00 mm) or cubical (16.39 ± 0.20 ml volume with inside dimensions of 25.400 ± 0.076 mm).

Procedure. Allow an excess of powder to flow through the apparatus into the sample receiving cup until it overflows, using a minimum of 25 cm3 of powder with the cubical cup and 35 cm3 of powder with the cylindrical cup. Carefully, scrape excess powder from the top of the cup by smoothly moving the edge of the blade of a spatula perpendicular to and in contact with the top surface of the cup, taking care to keep the spatula perpendicular to prevent packing or removal of powder from the cup. Remove any material from the side of the cup and determine the mass (M) of the powder to the nearest 0.1%. Calculate the bulk density (g/ml) using the formula M/V0 in which V0 is the volume of the cup and record the average of 3 determinations using 3 different powder samples.

Method C. Measurement in a vessel Apparatus. The apparatus consists of a 100 ml cylindrical vessel of stainless steel with dimensions as specified in Figure 2.

Figure 2. Measuring vessel (left) and cap (right) – Dimensions in mm

54.0 57.0

50.5 50.5

50.0 52.0

10.0 2.0 54.0

Procedure. Pass a quantity of powder sufficient to complete the test through a 1.0 mm sieve, if necessary, to break up agglomerates that may have formed during storage and allow the obtained sample to flow freely into the measuring vessel until it overflows. Carefully scrape the excess powder from the top of the vessel as described for

Method B. Determine the mass (M0) of the powder to the nearest 0.1% by subtraction of the previously determined mass of the empty measuring vessel. Calculate the bulk density (g/ml) using the formula M0/100 and record the average of 3 determinations using 3 different powder samples.

Tapped density The tapped density is an increased bulk density attained after mechanically tapping a container containing the powder sample.

The tapped density is obtained by mechanically tapping a graduated measuring cylinder or vessel containing the powder sample. After observing the initial powder

376 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents volume or mass, the measuring cylinder or vessel is mechanically tapped, and volume or mass readings are taken until little further volume or mass change is observed. The mechanical tapping is achieved by raising the cylinder or vessel and allowing it to drop, under its own mass, a specified distance by either of 3 methods as described below. Devices that rotate the cylinder or vessel during tapping may be preferred to minimize any possible separation of the mass during tapping down.

Method A Apparatus. The apparatus (Figure 3) consists of the following:

• a 250 ml graduated cylinder (readable to 2 ml) with a mass of 220 ± 44 g; and • a settling apparatus capable of producing, in 1 minute, either nominally 250 ± 15 taps from a height of 3 ± 0.2 mm, or nominally 300 ± 15 taps from a height of 14 ± 2 mm. The support for the graduated cylinder, with its holder, has a mass of 450 ± 10 g.

Figure 3

Graduated cylinder Total height Total not more than 335 mm not less than 200 mm Graduated part 250 ml Cylinder support 1 3 mm ± 0.2 mm

Anvil This dimension is such that the drop 1 meets specifications and that, at the lowest point of the cam, the cylinder support is sitting freely on the upper part of the anvil.

Cam

Procedure. Proceed as described above for the determination of the bulk volume (V0). Secure the cylinder in the holder. Carry out 10, 500 and 1250 taps on the same powder sample and read the corresponding volumes V10, V500 and V1250 to the nearest graduated unit. If the difference between V500 and V1250 is less than or equal to 2 ml, V1250 is the tapped volume. If the difference between V500 and V1250 exceeds 2 ml, repeat in increments such as 1250 taps, until the difference between succeeding

377 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 measurements is less than or equal to 2 ml. Fewer taps may be appropriate for some powders, when validated. Calculate the tapped density (g/ml) using the formula m/Vf in which Vf is the final tapped volume. Generally, replicate determinations are desirable for the determination of this property. Specify the drop height with the results. If it is not possible to use a 100 g test sample, use a reduced amount and a suitable 100 ml graduated cylinder (readable to 1 ml) weighing 130 ± 16 g and mounted on a holder weighing 240 ± 12 g. The modified test conditions are specified in the expression of the results.

Method B Procedure. Proceed as directed under Method A except that the mechanical tester provides a fixed drop of 3 ± 0.2 mm at a nominal rate of 250 taps per minute.

Method C Procedure. Proceed as described in method C for measuring the bulk density using the measuring vessel equipped with the cap shown in Figure 2. The measuring vessel with the cap is lifted 50-60 times per minute by the use of a suitable tapped density tester. Carry out 200 taps, remove the cap and carefully scrape excess powder from the top of the measuring vessel as described in Method C for measuring the bulk density. Repeat the procedure using 400 taps. If the difference between the 2 masses obtained after 200 and 400 taps exceeds 2%, carry out a test using 200 additional taps until the difference between succeeding measurements is less than 2%. Calculate the tapped density (g/ml) using the formula Mf/100 where Mf is the mass of powder in the measuring vessel. Record the average of 3 determinations using 3 different powder samples. The test conditions including tapping height are specified in the expression of the results.

Measures of powder compressibility Because the interparticulate interactions influencing the bulking properties of a powder are also the interactions that interfere with powder flow, a comparison of the bulk and tapped densities can give a measure of the relative importance of these interactions in a given powder. Such a comparison is often used as an index of the ability of the powder to flow, for example the Compressibility index or the Hausner ratio.

The Compressibility index and Hausner ratio are measures of the propensity of a powder to be compressed as described above. As such, they are measures of the powder ability to settle and they permit an assessment of the relative importance of interparticulate interactions. In a free-flowing powder, such interactions are less significant, and the bulk and tapped densities will be closer in value. For poorer flowing materials, there are frequently greater interparticulate interactions, and a greater difference between the bulk and tapped densities will be observed. These differences are reflected in the Compressibility Index and the Hausner Ratio.

Compressibility index:

– 100 (V0 Vf)

V0 = unsettled apparent volume.

Vf = final tapped volume.

378 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

Hausner Ratio:

Depending on the material, the compressibility index can be determined using V10 instead of V0. If V10 is used, it is clearly stated in the results.

Tablet friability

Draft proposal for inclusion of a General Method in the 4th Edition of the International Pharmacopoeia (August 2011). Please addess any comments to Quality Assurance and Safety: Medicines, World Health Organization, 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland. Fax: +41 22 791 4730 or e-mail mendyc@ who.int. All working documents are available for comment at http://www. who.int/medicines/publications/pharmacopoeia/mono_dev/en/index.html

[Note from Secretariat: the Expert Committee on Specifications for Pharmaceutical Preparations adopted in October 2009 a revision of the general monograph on Tablets where a reference is made under the Manufacture section to a method on friability testing. Based on the internationally harmonized tablet friability test, a general method text is, therefore, proposed for inclusion in the Supplementary Information section of the Ph.Int.]

This method text provides guidance for the friability determination of compressed, uncoated tablets. The test procedure presented is generally applicable to most compressed tablets. Measurement of tablet friability supplements other physical strength measurements, such as tablet breaking force.

Use a drum with an internal diameter between 283 and 291 mm and a depth between 36 and 40 mm, of transparent synthetic polymer with polished internal surfaces, and subject to minimum static build-up (see Figure 1 for a typical apparatus). One side of the drum is removable. The tablets are tumbled at each turn of the drum by a curved projection with an inside radius between 75.5 and 85.5 mm that extends from the middle of the drum to the outer wall. The outer diameter of the central ring is between 24.5 and 25.5 mm. The drum is attached to the horizontal axis of a device that rotates at 25 ± 1 rpm. Thus, at each turn the tablets roll or slide and fall onto the drum wall or onto each other.

For tablets with a unit weight equal to or less than 650 mg, take a sample of whole tablets n corresponding as near as possible to 6.5 g. For tablets with a unit weight of more than 650 mg, take a sample of 10 whole tablets. The tablets should be carefully dedusted prior to testing. Accurately weigh the tablet sample, and place the tablets in the drum. Rotate the drum 100 times, and remove the tablets. Remove any loose dust from the tablets as before and accurately weigh.

Generally, the test is run once. If obviously cracked, cleaved, or broken tablets are present in the tablet sample after tumbling, the sample fails the test. If the results are difficult to interpret or if the weight loss is greater than the targeted value, the test

379 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Figure 1. Tablet friability apparatus

287.0 ± 4.0 mm inside diameter

156.0 ± 2.0 mm drop height

80.5 ± 5.0 mm inside raduis 10.0 ± 0.1 mm diameter

25.0 ± 0.5 mm diameter 302.5 ± 4.0 mm diameter 38.0 ± 2.0 mm should be repeated twice and the mean of the three tests determined. A maximum mean weight loss from the three samples of not more than 1.0% is considered accep- table for most products.

If tablet size or shape causes irregular tumbling, adjust the drum base so that the base forms an angle of about 10º with the horizontal and the tablets no longer bind together when lying next to each other, which prevents them from falling freely.

Effervescent tablets and chewable tablets may have different specifications as far as friability is concerned. In the case of hygroscopic tablets, an appropriate humidity- controlled environment is required for testing.

Drums with dual scooping projections, or apparatus with more than one drum, for the running of multiple samples at one time, are also permitted.

Test for bacterial endotoxins

Draft proposal for inclusion of a General Method in the 4th Edition of the International Pharmacopoeia. Please addess any comments to Qua- lity Assurance and Safety: Medicines, World Health Organization, 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland. Fax: +41 22 791 4730 or e-mail mendyc@who. int. All working documents are available for comment at http://www.who.int/ medicines/publications/pharmacopoeia/mono_dev/en/index.html

[Note from the Secretariat : PDG harmonization of general methods was discussed by the WHO Expert Committee on Specifications for Pharmaceutical Preparations at its 42nd meeting in October 2007 where it was decided that “ the relevant method texts of The International Pharmacopoeia [Ph.Int.] should be reviewed alongside the

380 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents finalized, harmonized PDG texts [...]. Any proposed changes would then be circu- lated in accordance with the usual WHO consultation process. [...].” To this effect the following revision of method 3.4 Bacterial endotoxins is proposed. Consequences of this revised method on individual monographs where a test for bacterial endotoxins is invoked will be discussed at the forthcoming meeting of the Expert Committee to be held in October 2011.]

The bacterial endotoxins test (BET) is a test to detect or quantify endotoxins from Gram-negative bacteria using amoebocyte lysate from the horseshoe crab (Limulus polyphemus or Tachypleus tridentatus). There are three methods for this test: Method A. The gel-clot technique, which is based on gel formation.

Method B. The turbidimetric technique, based on the development of turbidity after cleavage of an endogenous substrate.

Method C. The chromogenic technique, based on the development of color after cleavage of a synthetic peptide-chromogen complex.

Proceed by any of the three methods for the test. In the event of doubt or dispute, the final decision is made based upon the gel-clot limit test unless otherwise indicated in the monograph for the product being tested.

The test is carried out in a manner that avoids endotoxin contamination.

Apparatus Depyrogenate all glassware and other heat stable materials in a hot air oven using a validated process. A commonly used minimum time and temperature is 30 minutes at 250 °C. If employing plastic apparatus such as microplates and pipet tips for automatic pipetters, use apparatus shown to be free of detectable endotoxin and which does not interfere in the test.

Note: In this chapter the term “tube” includes any other receptacle such as a micro- titre well.

Reagents and test solutions

Amoebocyte lysate A lyophilized product obtained from the lysate of amebocytes (white blood cells) from the horseshoe crab (Limulus polyphemus or Tachypleus tridentatus).

Note: Amebocyte lysate reacts to some β-glucans in addition to endotoxins. Amebocyte lysate preparations which do not react to glucans are available: they are prepared by removing the G factor reacting to glucans from amebocyte lysate or by inhibiting the G factor reacting system of amebocyte lysate and may be used for the endotoxin testing in the presence of glucans.

Lysate TS Dissolve amebocyte lysate in water BET or in a buffer recommended by the lysate manufacturer, by gentle stirring. Store the reconstituted lysate, refrigerated or frozen, according to the specifications of the manufacturer.

381 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Water BET Water for injections or water produced by other procedures that shows no reaction with the lysate employed, at the detection limit of the reagent.

Preparation of Standard Endotoxin Stock Solution A Standard Endotoxin Stock Solution is prepared from an endotoxin reference standard that has been calibrated to the current endotoxin RS. Follow the specifications in the package leaflet and on the label for preparation and storage of the Standard Endotoxin Stock Solution.

Endotoxin is expressed in International Units (IU) of endotoxin.

Note: One International Unit (IU) of endotoxin is equal to one Endotoxin Unit (EU).

Preparation of Standard Endotoxin Solution After mixing the Standard Endotoxin Stock Solution vigorously, prepare appropriate serial dilutions of Standard Endotoxin Solution, using water BET.

Use dilutions as soon as possible to avoid loss of activity by adsorption.

Preparation of sample solutions Prepare sample solutions by dissolving or diluting drugs using water BET. Some substances or preparations may be more appropriately dissolved or diluted in other aqueous solutions. If necessary, adjust the pH of the solution to be examined (or dilution thereof) so that the pH of the mixture of the lysate TS and sample solution falls within the pH range specified by the lysate manufacturer, usually 6.0 to 8.0. The pH may be adjusted by the use of acid, base, or suitable buffer as recommended by the lysate manufacturer. Acids and bases may be prepared from concentrates or solids with water BET in containers free of detectable endotoxin. Buffers must be validated to be free of detectable endotoxin and interfering factors.

Determination of maximum valid dilution The Maximum Valid Dilution (MVD) is the maximum allowable dilution of a sample at which the endotoxin limit can be determined.

Determine the MVD from the following equation:

Endotoxin Limit × Concentration of sample solution MDV = λ

Endotoxin Limit The endotoxin limit for parenteral preparations, defined on the basis of dose, equals K/M, where K is a threshold pyrogenic dose of endotoxin per kg of body weight, and M is equal to the maximum recommended bolus dose of product per kg of body weight. When the product is to be injected at frequent intervals or infused continuously, M is the maximum total dose administered in a single hour period.

The endotoxin limit for parenteral preparations is specified in units such as IU/ml, IU/ mg, IU/Unit of biological activity, etc., in the individual monograph.

382 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

Concentration of sample solution Mg/ml in the case of endotoxin limit specified by weight (IU/mg).

Units/ml in the case of endotoxin limit specified by unit of biological activity (IU/Unit) ml/ml when the endotoxin limit is specified by volume (IU/ml).

λ: the labeled lysate sensitivity in the gel-clot technique (IU/ml) or the lowest concentration used in the standard curve for the turbidimetric or chromogenic techniques.

Method A: gel clot technique The gel-clot technique is for detecting or quantifying endotoxins based on clotting of the lysate TS in the presence of endotoxin. The minimum concentration of endotoxin required to cause the lysate to clot under standard conditions is the labelled sensitivity of the lysate TS. To ensure both the precision and validity of the test, perform the tests for confirming the labeled lysate sensitivity and for interfering factors as described below under Preparatory testing.

Preparatory testing Test for confirmation of labelled lysate sensitivity Confirm in four replicates the labeled sensitivity, λ, expressed in EU/ml of the lysate prior to use in the test. The test for confirmation of the lysate sensitivity is to be carried out when a new lot of lysate is used or when there is any change in the test conditions which may affect the outcome of the test.

Prepare standard solutions having at least four concentrations equivalent to 2λ , λ, 0.5λ and 0.25λ by diluting the Standard Endotoxin Stock Solution with water BET.

Mix a volume of the lysate TS with an equal volume of one of the standard solutions (such as 0.1 ml aliquots) in each tube. When single test vials or ampoules, containing lyophilized lysate are employed, add solutions of standards directly to the vial or ampoule. Incubate the reaction mixture for a constant period according to directions of the lysate manufacturer (usually at 37±1°C for 60 ± 2 minutes), avoiding vibration. Test the integrity of the gel for tests carried out in tubes, take each tube in turn directly from the incubator and invert it through approximately 180 degrees in one smooth motion. If a firm gel has formed that remains in place upon inversion, record the result as positive. A result is negative if an intact gel is not formed.

The test is considered valid when the lowest concentration of the standard solutions shows a negative result in all replicate tests.

The endpoint is the lowest concentration in the series of decreasing concentrations of standard endotoxin that clots the lysate. Determine the geometric mean endpoint concentration by calculating the mean of the logarithms of the endpoint concentrations of the four dilution series, take the antilogarithm of this value, as indicated in the following formula:

Geometric Mean Endpoint Concentration = antilog ∑ e f

∑ e = the sum of the log endpoint concentrations of the dilution series used f = the number of replicate test tubes

383 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Table 1.

Solution Endotoxin Diluent Dilution Endotoxin Number of concentration/Solution factor concentration replicates to which endotoxin is added

A None / Sample solution - - - 4

B 2λ / Sample solution Sample 1 2λ 4 solution 2 1λ 4 4 0.5λ 4 8 0.25λ 4

C 2 λ / Water BET Water 1 2λ 2 BET 2 1λ 2 4 0.5λ 2 8 0.25λ 2

D None / Water BET - - - 2

Note: Solution A : a sample solution of the preparation under test that is free of detectable endotoxins Solution B : test for interference Solution C : control for labeled lysate sensitivity Solution D : negative control of water BET.

The geometric mean endpoint concentration is the measured sensitivity of the lysate (IU/ml). If this is not less than 0.5λ and not more than 2λ, the labeled sensitivity is confirmed and is used in tests performed with this lysate.

Test for interfering factors Usually prepare the solutions (A–D) in Table 1, and perform the inhibition/enhance- ment test on the sample solutions at a dilution less than the MVD not containing any detectable endotoxins, operating as described above under Test for confirmation of labeled lysate sensitivity.

The geometric mean endpoint concentrations of B and C solutions are determined by using the formula described above under Test for confirmation of labelled lysate sensitivity.

The test for interfering factors must be repeated when any condition changes which is likely to influence the result of the test.

The test is considered valid when all replicates of solutions A and D show no reaction and the result of solution C confirms the labeled sensitivity.

If the sensitivity of the lysate determined in the presence of solution B is not less than 0.5l and not greater than 2λ, the sample solution does not contain factors which interfere under the experimental conditions used. Otherwise the sample solution to be examined interferes with the test.

384 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

If the preparation under test does not comply with the test at a dilution less than the MVD, repeat the test using a greater dilution, not exceeding the MVD. The use of a more sensitive lysate permits a greater dilution of the preparation to be examined and this may contribute to the elimination of interference.

Interference may be overcome by suitable treatment, such as filtration, neutralization, dialysis or heat treatment. To establish that the treatment chosen effectively eliminates interference without loss of endotoxins, perform the assay described above using the preparation to be examined to which standard endotoxin has been added and which has then been submitted to the chosen treatment.

Limit test Procedure Prepare the solutions A, B, C and D according to Table 2, and perform the test on these solutions following the procedure in Test for confirmation of labeled lysate sensitivity under Preparatory testing.

Table 2.

Solution Endotoxin concentration/ Solution to which Number endotoxin is added of replicates A None / Diluted sample solution 2 B 2λ / Diluted sample solution 2 C 2λ / Water BET 2 C None / Water BET 2

Note: Prepare the solution A and the positive product control solution B using a dilution not greater than the MVD and treatments as for the Test for interfering factors under Preparatory testing. The positive control solutions B and C contain the standard endotoxin preparation at a concentration corresponding to twice the labelled lysate sensitivity. The negative control solution D consists of water BET.

Interpretation The test is considered valid when both replicates of solution B and C are positive and those of solution D are negative.

When a negative result is found for both replicates of solution A, the preparation under test complies with the test.

When a positive result is found for both replicates of solution A, the preparation under test does not comply with the test.

When a positive result is found for one replicate of solution A and a negative result is found for the other, repeat the test. In the repeat test, the preparation under test complies with the test if a negative result is found for both replicates of solution A. The preparation does not comply with the test if a positive result is found for one or both replicates of solution A.

385 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Table 3.

Solution Endotoxin Diluent Dilution Endotoxin Number of concentration/Solution factor concentration replicates to which endotoxin is added

A None / Sample solution Water 1 - 2 BET 2 - 2 4 - 2 8 - 2

B 2λ / Sample solution 1 2λ 2

C 2 λ / Water BET Water 1 2λ 2 BET 2 1λ 2 4 0.5λ 2 8 0.25λ 2

D None / Water BET - - - 2

Note: Solution A: Sample solution under test at the dilution, not to exceed the MVD, with which the test for interfering factors was completed. Subsequent dilution of the sample solution must not exceed the MVD. Use water BET to make a dilution series of four tubes containing the sample solution under test at concentrations of 1, 1/2, 1/4 and 1/8 relative to the concentration used in the test for interfering factors. Other dilutions up to the MVD may be used as appropriate.

Solution B: Solution A containing standard endotoxin at a concentration of 2l (positive product control)

Solution C: A dilution series of four tubes of water BET containing the standard endotoxin at a concentration of 2λ, λ, 0.5λ and 0.25λ, respectively

Solution D: Water BET (negative control)

However, if the preparation does not comply with the test at a dilution less than the MVD, the test may be repeated using a greater dilution, not exceeding the MVD.

Quantitative Test Procedure The test quantifies bacterial endotoxins in sample solutions by titration to an endpoint. Prepare the solutions A, B, C and D following Table 3, and test these solutions according to the procedure in Test for confirmation of labeled lysate sensitivity under Prepa- ratory testing.

386 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

1/4 and 1/8 relative to the concentration used in the test for interfering factors. Other dilutions up to the MVD may be used as appropriate.

Solution B: Solution A containing standard endotoxin at a concentration of 2l (positive product control)

Solution C: A dilution series of four tubes of water BET containing the standard endotoxin at a concentration of 2λ, λ, 0.5λ and 0.25λ, respectively

Solution D: Water BET (negative control)

Calculation and interpretation The test is considered valid when the following three conditions are met.

1: Both replicates of the negative control solution D are negative.

2: Both replicates of the positive product control solution B are positive.

3: The geometric mean endpoint concentration of the solution C is in the range of 0.5 l to 2 l.

To determine the endotoxin concentration of solution A, calculate the endpoint concentration for each replicate by multiplying each endpoint dilution factor by λ.

The endotoxin concentration in the sample solution is the endpoint concentration of the replicates. If the test is conducted with a diluted sample solution, calculate the concentration of endotoxin in the original sample solution by multiplying by the dilution factor.

If none of the dilutions of sample solution is positive in a valid assay, report the endotoxin concentration as less than λ (if diluted sample was tested, report as less than the smallest dilution factor of the sample multiplied by l). If all dilutions are positive, the endotoxin concentration is reported as equal to or greater than the largest dilution factor multiplied by λ (e.g. initial dilution factor multiplied by 8 and by λ in Table 3). The preparation under test meets the requirements of the test if the concentration of endotoxin in both replicates is less than that specified in the individual monograph.

Photometric quantitative techniques

Method B. Turbidimetric technique This technique is a photometric assay measuring increases in reactant turbidity. On the basis of the particular assay principle employed, this technique may be classified as either an endpoint-turbidimetric assay or a kinetic-turbidimetric assay.

The endpoint-turbidimetric assay is based on the quantitative relationship between the concentration of endotoxins and the turbidity (absorbance or transmission) of the reaction mixture at the end of an incubation period.

The kinetic-turbidimetric assay is a method to measure either the time (onset time) needed to reach a predetermined absorbance or transmission of the reaction mixture, or the rate of turbidity development.

387 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

The test is carried out at the incubation temperature recommended by the lysate manufacturer (which is usually 37 ± 1°C).

Method C. Chromogenic technique This technique is an assay to measure the chromophore released from a suitable chromogenic peptide by the reaction of endotoxins with lysate.

On the basis of the particular assay principle employed, this technique may be classified as either an endpoint-chromogenic assay or a kinetic-chromogenic assay.

The endpoint-chromogenic assay is based on the quantitative relationship between the concentration of endotoxins and the release of chromophore at the end of an incubation period.

The kinetic-chromogenic assay is a method to measure either the time (onset time) needed to reach a predetermined absorbance of the reaction mixture, or the rate of color development.

The test is carried out at the incubation temperature recommended by the lysate manufacturer (which is usually 37 ± 1°C).

Preparatory testing To assure the precision or validity of the turbidimetric and chromogenic techniques, preparatory tests are conducted to show that the criteria for the standard curve are valid and that the sample solution does not interfere with the test.

Validation for the test method is required when conditions change which are likely to influence the result of the test.

Assurance of criteria for the standard curve The test must be carried out for each lot of the lysate. Using the Standard Endotoxin Solution, prepare at least three endotoxin concentrations within the range indicated by the lysate manufacturer to generate the standard curve. Perform the assay using at least three replicates of each standard endotoxin concentration according to the manufacturer’s instructions for the lysate (volume ratios, incubation time, temperature, pH etc.). If the desired range is greater than two logs in the kinetic methods, additional standards should be included to bracket each log increase in the range of the standard curve. The absolute value of the correlation coefficient, |r|, must be greater than or equal to 0.980, for the range of endotoxin concentrations set up.

Test for interfering factors Select an endotoxin concentration at or near the middle of the endotoxin standard curve.

Prepare solutions A, B, C and D shown in Table 4. Perform the test on solutions A-D in at least duplicate according to the instructions for the lysate employed, for example, concerning volume of sample solution and lysate TS, volume ratio of sample solution to lysate TS, incubation time, etc.

388 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

Table 4.

Solution Endotoxin concen- Solution to which Number of replicates tration endotoxin is added A None Sample solution Not less than 2 B Middle concentration Sample solution Not less than 2 of the standard curve C At least 3 concentra- Water BET Each not less than 2 tions (lowest concentration is designated λ) D None Water BET Not less than 2

Note: Solution A : The sample solution may be diluted not to exceed the MVD.

Solution B : The preparation under test at the same dilution as solution A, containing added endotoxin at a concentration equal to or near the middle of the standard curve.

Solution C : The standard endotoxin at the concentrations used in the validation of the method described in Assurance of criteria for the standard curve under Preparatory testing (positive controls)

Solution D : Water BET (negative control)

The test is considered valid when the following conditions are met.

1: The absolute value of the correlation coefficient of the standard curve generated using solution C is greater than or equal to 0.980.

2: The result with solution D does not exceed the limit of the blank value required in the description of the lysate employed, or it is less than the endotoxin detection limit of the lysate employed.

Calculate the mean recovery of the added endotoxin by subtracting the mean endotoxin concentration in the solution, if any (Solution A, Table 4), from that containing the added endotoxin (Solution B, Table 4).

In order to be considered free of factors that interfere with the assay under the conditions of the test, the measured concentration of the endotoxin added to the sample solution must be within 50-200% of the known added endotoxin concentration after subtraction of any endotoxin detected in the solution without added endotoxin. When the endotoxin recovery is out of the specified range, the sample solution under test is considered to contain interfering factors. Then repeat the test using a greater dilution, not exceeding the MVD. Furthermore, interference of the sample solution or diluted sample solution not to exceed the MVD may be eliminated by suitable treatment, such as filtration, neutralization, dialysis or heat treatment.To establish that the treatment chosen effectively eliminates interference without loss of endotoxins, perform the assay described above using the preparation to be examined to which standard endotoxin has been added and which has then been submitted to the chosen treatment.

389 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Test Procedure Follow the procedure described in Test for interfering factors under Preparatory testing.

Calculation Calculate the endotoxin concentration of each of the replicates of test solution A using the standard curve generated by the positive control solution C. The test is considered valid when the following three requirements are met.

1. The results of the positive control solution C comply with the requirements for validation defined in Assurance of criteria for the standard curve under Preparatory testing.

2. The endotoxin recovery, calculated from the concentration found in solution B after subtracting the concentration of endotoxin found in the solution A, is within the range of 50–200%.

3. The result of the negative control solution D does not exceed the limit of the blank value required in the description of the lysate employed, or it is less than the endotoxin detection limit of the lysate employed.

Interpretation In photometric assays, the preparation under test complies with the test if the mean endotoxin concentration of the replicates of solution A, after correction for dilution and concentration, is less than the endotoxin limit for the product.

* * * * *

New/revised reagents to be added to Ph.Int

Amoebocyte lysate A lyophilized product obtained from the lysate of amebocytes (white blood cells) from the horseshoe crab (Limulus polyphemus or Tachypleus tridentatus).

Note: Amebocyte lysate reacts to some β-glucans in addition to endotoxins. Amebo- cyte lysate preparations which do not react to glucans are available: they are prepared by removing the G factor reacting to glucans from amebocyte lysate or by inhibiting the G factor reacting system of amebocyte lysate and may be used for the endotoxin testing in the presence of glucans.

Water BET Water for injections or water produced by other procedures that shows no reaction with the lysate employed, at the detection limit of the reagent.

390 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

Test for sterility

[Note from Secretariat: During its meeting in October 2010 the Expert Committee on Specifications for Pharmaceutical Preparations recommended revision of 3.2Test for sterility using as basis the internationally harmonized test for sterility. It is, therefore, proposed to replace the current method 3.2.1 Test for sterility of non- injectable preparations and 3.2.2 Sterility testing of antibiotics by the internationally harmonized test for sterility. Testing of surgical materials is not included in the revision. If the proposed revision is accepted consideration should be given to the need for additional advice concerning the testing of antibiotics within the Supplementary Infor- mation section of The International Pharmacopoeia (Ph.Int.). Further, it will be necessary to change all references to 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 in Ph.Int. monographs. A proposal to this effect is attached as Appendix 1. The clause “unless otherwise prescribed, justified and authorized” in the harmonized text is used also in the draft proposal for Ph.Int. The meaning of “justified and authorized” in the context of the Ph.Int needs explanation. It is proposed to include the following wording in the General Notices of the Ph.Int.: The expression “unless otherwise justified and authorized” means that the requirements have to be met or instructions to be followed, unless the relevant national or regional authority authorizes an exemption or modification, where justified in a particular case.]

The test is applied to substances or preparations which, according to the pharmacopoeia, are required to be sterile. However, a satisfactory result only indicates that no contaminating microorganism has been found in the sample examined in the conditions of the test.

Precautions against microbial contamination The test for sterility is carried out under aseptic conditions. In order to achieve such conditions, the test environment has to be adapted to the way in which the sterility test is performed. The precautions taken to avoid contamination are such that they do not affect any microorganisms which are to be revealed in the test. The working conditions in which the tests are performed are monitored regularly by appropriate sampling of the working area and by carrying out appropriate controls.

Culture media and incubation temperatures Media for the test may be prepared as described below, or equivalent commercial media may be used provided that they comply with the growth promotion test.

The following culture media have been found to be suitable for the test for sterility. Fluid thioglycollate medium is primarily intended for the culture of anaerobic bacteria; however, it will also detect aerobic bacteria. Soya-bean casein digest medium is suitable for the culture of both fungi and aerobic bacteria.

391 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Fluid thioglycollate medium

l-Cystine 0.5 g Agar 0.75 g Sodium chloride 2.5 g Glucose monohydrate/anhydrous 5.5/5.0 g Yeast extract (water-soluble) 5.0 g Pancreatic digest of casein 15.0 g Sodium thioglycollate or 0.5 g Thioglycollic acid 0.3 ml Resazurin sodium solution (1 g/l of resazurin sodium), freshly 1.0 ml prepared Water R 1000 ml

pH after sterilization 7.0 to 7.2.

Mix the l-cystine, agar, sodium chloride, glucose, water-soluble yeast extract and pancreatic digest of casein with the water R and heat until solution is effected. Dis- solve the sodium thioglycollate or thioglycollic acid in the solution and, if necessary, add sodium hydroxide (1 mol/l) VS so that, after sterilization, the solution will have a pH of 7.0 to 7.2. If filtration is necessary heat the solution again without boiling and filter while hot through moistened filter paper. Add the resazurin sodium solution, mix and place the medium in suitable vessels which provide a ratio of surface to depth of medium such that not more than the upper half of the medium has undergone a colour change indicative of oxygen uptake at the end of the incubation period. Sterilize using a validated process. If the medium is stored, store at a temperature between 2 °C and 25 °C in a sterile, airtight container. If more than the upper one-third of the medium has acquired a pink colour, the medium may be restored once by heating the containers in a water-bath or in free-flowing steam until the pink colour disappears and coo- ling quickly, taking care to prevent the introduction of non-sterile air into the container. Do not use the medium for a longer storage period than has been validated.

Fluid thioglycollate medium is to be incubated at 30–35 °C.

For products containing a mercurial preservative that cannot be tested by the membrane-filtration method, fluid thioglycollate medium incubated at 20–25 °C may be used instead of soya-bean casein digest medium provided that it has been validated as described in growth promotion test.

Alternative thioglycollate medium Where prescribed or justified and authorized, the following alternative thioglycollate medium might be used. Prepare a mixture having the same composition as that of the fluid thioglycollate medium, but omitting the agar and the resazurin sodium solution, sterilize as directed above. The pH after sterilization is 7.0 to 7.2. Heat in a water-bath prior to use and incubate at 30–35 °C under anaerobic conditions.

392 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

Soya-bean casein digest medium

Pancreatic digest of casein 17.0 g Papaic digest of soya-bean meal 3.0 g Sodium chloride 5.0 g Dipotassium hydrogen phosphate 2.5 g Glucose monohydrate/anhydrous 2.5/2.3 g Water R 1 000 ml pH after sterilization 7.1 to 7.5.

Dissolve the solids in water R, warming slightly to effect solution. Cool the solution to room temperature. Add sodium hydroxide (1 mol/l) VS, if necessary, so that after sterilization the solution will have a pH of 7.1 to 7.5. Filter, if necessary, to clarify, dis- tribute into suitable vessels and sterilize using a validated process. Store at a temperature between 2 °C and 25 °C in a sterile well-closed container, unless it is intended for immediate use. Do not use the medium for a longer storage period than has been validated.

Soya-bean casein digest medium is to be incubated at 20–25 °C.

The media used comply with the following tests, carried out before or in parallel with the test on the product to be examined.

Sterility. Incubate portions of the media for 14 days. No growth of microorganisms occurs.

Growth promotion test of aerobes, anaerobes and fungi Test each batch of ready-prepared medium and each batch of medium prepared either from dehydrated medium or from ingredients. Suitable strains of microorganisms are indicated in Table 1.

Inoculate portions of fluid thioglycollate medium with a small number (not more than 100 CFU) of the following microorganisms, using a separate portion of medium for each of the following species of microorganism: Clostridium sporogenes, Pseudo- monas aeruginosa, Staphylococcus aureus. Inoculate portions of soya-bean casein digest medium with a small number (not more than 100 CFU) of the following microorganisms, using a separate portion of medium for each of the following species of microorganism: Aspergillus brasiliensis, Bacillus subtilis, Candida albicans. Incubate for not more than 3 days in the case of bacteria and not more than 5 days in the case of fungi.

Seed-lot culture maintenance techniques (seed-lot systems) are used so that the viable microorganisms used for inoculation are not more than five passages removed from the original master seed-lot.

The media are suitable if a clearly visible growth of the microorganisms occurs.

393 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Table 1. Strains of the test microorganisms suitable for use in the Growth Promotion test and the Method Suitability test

Aerobic bacteria

Staphylococcus aureus ATCC 6538, CIP 4.83, NCTC 10788, NCIMB 9518, NBRC 13276 Bacillus subtilis ATCC 6633, CIP 52.62, NCIMB 8054, NBRC 3134 Pseudomonas aeruginosa ATCC 9027, NCIMB 8626, CIP 82.118, NBRC 13275

Anaerobic bacterium

Clostridium sporogenes ATCC 19404, CIP 79.3, NCTC 532 or ATCC 11437, NBRC 14293

Fungi

Candida albicans ATCC 10231, IP 48.72, NCPF 3179, NBRC 1594 Aspergillus brasiliensis ATCC 16404, IP 1431.83, IMI 149007, NBRC 9455

Method suitability test Carry out a test as described below under Test for sterility of the product to be examined using exactly the same methods except for the following modifications.

Membrane filtration. After transferring the content of the container or containers to be tested to the membrane add an inoculum of a small number of viable microorganisms (not more than 100 CFU) to the final portion of sterile diluent used to rinse the filter.

Direct inoculation. After transferring the contents of the container or containers to be tested to the culture medium add an inoculum of a small number of viable microorganisms (not more than 100 CFU) to the medium.

In both cases use the same microorganisms as those described above under Growth promotion test of aerobes, anaerobes and fungi. Perform a growth promotion test as a positive control. Incubate all the containers containing medium for not more than 5 days.

If clearly visible growth of microorganisms is obtained after the incubation, visually comparable to that in the control vessel without product, either the product possesses no antimicrobial activity under the conditions of the test or such activity has been satisfactorily eliminated. The test for sterility may then be carried out without further modification.

If clearly visible growth is not obtained in the presence of the product to be tested, visually comparable to that in the control vessels without product, the product possesses antimicrobial activity that has not been satisfactorily eliminated under the

394 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents conditions of the test. Modify the conditions in order to eliminate the antimicrobial activity and repeat the method suitability test.

This method suitability is performed:

• when the test for sterility has to be carried out on a new product; • whenever there is a change in the experimental conditions of the test.

The method suitability may be performed simultaneously with the Test for sterility of the product to be examined.

Test for sterility of the product to be examined The test may be carried out using the technique of membrane filtration or by direct inoculation of the culture media with the product to be examined. Appropriate negative controls are included. The technique of membrane filtration is used whenever the nature of the product permits, that is, for filterable aqueous preparations, for alcoholic or oily preparations and for preparations miscible with or soluble in aqueous or oily solvents provided these solvents do not have an antimicrobial effect in the conditions of the test.

Membrane filtration. Use membrane filters having a nominal pore size not greater than 0.45 µm whose effectiveness to retain microorganisms has been established. Cellulose nitrate filters, for example, are used for aqueous, oily and weakly alcoholic solutions and cellulose acetate filters, for example, for strongly alcoholic solutions. Specially adapted filters may be needed for certain products, e.g. for antibiotics.

The technique described below assumes that membranes about 50 mm in diameter will be used. If filters of a different diameter are used the volumes of the dilutions and the washings should be adjusted accordingly. The filtration apparatus and membrane are sterilized by appropriate means. The apparatus is designed so that the solution to be examined can be introduced and filtered under aseptic conditions; it permits the aseptic removal of the membrane for transfer to the medium or it is suitable for carrying out the incubation after adding the medium to the apparatus itself.

Aqueous solutions. If appropriate, transfer a small quantity of a suitable, sterile diluent such as a 1 g/l neutral solution of meat or casein peptone pH 7.0 to 7.4 onto the membrane in the apparatus and filter. The diluent may contain suitable neutralising substances and/or appropriate inactivating substances for example in the case of antibiotics.

Transfer the contents of the container or containers to be tested to the membrane or membranes, if necessary after diluting to the volume used in the method suitability test with the chosen sterile diluent but in any case using not less than the quantities of the product to be examined prescribed in Table 2. Filter immediately. If the product has antimicrobial properties, wash the membrane not less than three times by filtering through it each time the volume of the chosen sterile diluent used in the method suitability test. Do not exceed a washing cycle of five times 100 ml per filter, even if during method suitability it has been demonstrated that such a cycle does not fully eliminate the antimicrobial activity. Transfer the whole membrane to the culture medium or cut it aseptically into two equal parts and transfer one half to each of two suitable media.

395 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Use the same volume of each medium as in the method suitability test. Alternatively, transfer the medium onto the membrane in the apparatus. Incubate the media for not less than 14 days.

Table 2. Minimum quantity to be used for each medium

Quantity per container Minimum quantity to be used for each medium unless otherwise justified and authorized Liquids • less than 1 ml The whole contents of each container • 1-40 ml Half the contents of each container but not less than 1 ml • greater than 40 ml and not greater than 20 ml 100 ml • greater than 100 ml 10 per cent of the contents of the container but not less than 20 ml Antibiotic liquids 1 ml Insoluble preparations, creams and ointments Use the contents of each container to provide to be suspended or emulsified not less than 200 mg

Solids • less than 50 mg The whole contents of each container • 50 mg or more but less than 300 mg Half the contents of each container but not less than 50 mg • 300 mg – 5 g 150 mg • greater than 5 g 500 mg

Soluble solids. Use for each medium not less than the quantity prescribed in Table 2 of the product dissolved in a suitable solvent such as the solvent provided with the preparation, water for injections R, sodium chloride (9 g/l) TS or peptone (1 g/l) TS1 and proceed with the test as described above for aqueous solutions using a membrane appropriate to the chosen solvent.

Oils and oily solutions. Use for each medium not less than the quantity of the product prescribed in Table 2. Oils and oily solutions of sufficiently low viscosity may be filtered without dilution through a dry membrane. Viscous oils may be diluted as necessary with a suitable sterile diluent such as isopropyl myristate R shown not to have antimicrobial activity in the conditions of the test. Allow the oil to penetrate the membrane by its own weight then filter, applying the pressure or suction gradually. Wash the membrane at least three times by filtering through it each time about 100 ml of a suitable sterile solution such as peptone (1 g/l) TS1 containing a suitable emulsifying agent at a concentration shown to be appropriate in the method suitability test, for example polysorbate 80 at a concentration of 10 g/l. Transfer the membrane or membranes to the culture medium or media or vice versa as described above for aqueous solutions, and incubate at the same temperatures and for the same times.

396 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

Ointments and creams. Use for each medium not less than the quantities of the product prescribed in Table 2. Ointments in a fatty base and emulsions of the water-in-oil type may be diluted to 1 per cent in isopropyl myristate R as described above, by heating, if necessary, to not more than 40 °C. In exceptional cases it may be necessary to heat to not more than 44 °C. Filter as rapidly as possible and proceed as described above for oils and oily solutions.

Direct inoculation of the culture medium. Transfer the quantity of the preparation to be examined prescribed in Table 2 directly into the culture medium so that the volume of the product is not more than 10% of the volume of the medium, unless otherwise prescribed.

If the product to be examined has antimicrobial activity, carry out the test after neutralizing this with a suitable neutralizing substance or by dilution in a sufficient quantity of culture medium. When it is necessary to use a large volume of the product it may be preferable to use a concentrated culture medium prepared in such a way that it takes account of the subsequent dilution. Where appropriate the concentrated medium may be added directly to the product in its container.

Oily liquids. Use media to which have been added a suitable emulsifying agent at a concentration shown to be appropriate in the method suitability of the test, for example polysorbate 80 at a concentration of 10 g/l.

Ointments and creams. Prepare by diluting to about 1 in 10 by emulsifying with the chosen emulsifying agent in a suitable sterile diluent such as peptone (1 g/l) TS1. Transfer the diluted product to a medium not containing an emulsifying agent.

Incubate the inoculated media for not less than 14 days. Observe the cultures several times during the incubation period. Shake cultures containing oily products gently each day. However when fluid thioglycollate medium is used for the detection of anaerobic microorganisms keep shaking or mixing to a minimum in order to maintain anaerobic conditions.

Observation and interèretation of results At intervals during the incubation period and at its conclusion, examine the media for macroscopic evidence of microbial growth. If the material being tested renders the medium turbid so that the presence or absence of microbial growth cannot be readily determined by visual examination, 14 days after the beginning of incubation transfer portions (each not less than 1 ml) of the medium to fresh vessels of the same medium and then incubate the original and transfer vessels for not less than 4 days.

If no evidence of microbial growth is found, the product to be examined complies with the test for sterility. If evidence of microbial growth is found the product to be examined does not comply with the test for sterility, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that the test was invalid for causes unrelated to the product to be examined. The test may be considered invalid only if one or more of the following conditions are fulfilled: a) the data of the microbiological monitoring of the sterility testing facility show a fault; b) a review of the testing procedure used during the test in question reveals a fault; c) microbial growth is found in the negative controls;

397 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 d) after determination of the identity of the microorganisms isolated from the test, the growth of this species or these species may be ascribed unequivocally to faults with respect to the material and/or the technique used in conducting the sterility test procedure.

If the test is declared to be invalid it is repeated with the same number of units as in the original test.

If no evidence of microbial growth is found in the repeat test the product examined complies with the test for sterility. If microbial growth is found in the repeat test the product examined does not comply with the test for sterility.

Table 3. Minimum number of items to be tested

Number of items in the batch* Minimum number of items to be tested for each medium, unless otherwise justified and authorized**

Parenteral preparations Not more than 100 containers 10 per cent or 4 containers whichever is the greater More than 100 but not more than 500 con- 10 containers tainers More than 500 containers 2 per cent or 20 containers (10 containers for large-volume parenterals) whichever is the less

Ophthalmic and other non-injectable preparation Not more than 200 containers 5 per cent or 2 containers whichever is the greater More than 200 containers 10 containers If the product is presented in the form of single-dose containers, apply the scheme shown above for preparations for parenteral use

Bulk solid products Up to 4 containers Each container More than 4 containers but not more than 20 per cent or 4 containers whichever is the 50 containers greater More than 50 containers 2 per cent or 10 containers whichever is the greater

*If the batch size is not known, use the maximum number of items prescribed **If the contents of one container are enough to inoculate the two media, this column gives the number of containers needed for both the media together.

398 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

Application of the test to parenteral preparations, ophthalmic and other non-injectable preparations required to comply with the test for sterility When using the technique of membrane filtration, use, whenever possible, the whole contents of the container, but not less than the quantities indicated in Table 2 diluting where necessary to about 100 ml with a suitable sterile solution, such as peptone (1 g/l) TS1.

When using the technique of direct inoculation of media, use the quantities shown in Table 2, unless otherwise justified and authorized. The tests for bacterial and fungal sterility are carried out on the same sample of the product to be examined. When the volume or the quantity in a single container is insufficient to carry out the tests, the contents of two or more containers are used to inoculate the different media.

Minimum number of items to be tested The minimum number of items to be tested in relation to the size of the batch is given in Table 3. * * * * * New reagent to be added to Ph.Int. Isopropyl myristate R. Description: A clear, colourless, oily liquid. Miscibility: Immiscible with water, miscible with ethanol, with fatty oils, with liquid paraf- fin. Relative density: about 0.853

Annex 1

Consequential changes to monographs A search of the Ph.Int. indicates that there are 30 API monographs which invoke method 3.2.1; many of these are antibiotic APIs which also invoke method 3.2.2. The following change would be necessary in, for example, the monograph for Ampicillin sodium:

Sterility. Complies with 3.2.2 Sterility testing of antibiotics, applying either the membrane filtration test procedure with added penicillinase TS or the direct test procedure and using the sampling plan described under 3.2.1 Test for sterility of non-injectable preparations.

Change to read:

Sterility. Complies with 3.2 Test for sterility, applying either the membrane filtration test procedure with added penicillinase TS or the direct test procedure.

The other API monographs invoking method 3.2.1 include those that are used in ophthalmic dosage forms. The following change would be necessary in, for example, the monograph for Timolol maleate:

Sterility. Complies with 3.2.1 Test for sterility of non-injectable preparations.

Change to read:

Sterility. Complies with 3.2 Test for sterility.

399 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

A search of the Ph.Int. indicates that, in addition to the antibiotic API monographs that invoke both methods 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, there are some antibiotic monographs (API and dosage forms) that invoke only method 3.2.2. The following change would be necessary in, for example, the monograph for Clindamycin phosphate:

Sterility. Complies with 3.2.2 Sterility testing of antibiotics, applying the membrane filtration test procedure and using a solution in water containing 150 mg of clindamycin phosphate per ml.

Change to read:

Sterility. Complies with 3.2.Test for sterility, applying the membrane filtration test procedure and using a solution in water containing 150 mg of clindamycin phosphate per ml.

Chewable albendazole tablets

Draft proposal for the International Pharmacopoeia (September 2011). Please addess any comments to Quality Assurance and Safety: Medicines, World Health Organization, 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland. Fax: +41 22 791 4730 or e-mail [email protected]. All working documents are available for comment at http://www.who.int/medicines/publications/pharmacopoeia/ mono_dev/en/index.html

Category. Anthelminthic. Storage. Chewable Albendazole tablets should be kept in a tightly closed container. Labelling. The designation on the container should state that the tablets may be chewed, swallowed whole or crushed and mixed with food or liquid, and the tablets should be crushed before giving to a young child. Additional information. Strengths in the current WHO Model List of Essential Medi- cines: 400 mg. Strengths in the current WHO Model List of Essential Medicines for Children: 400 mg. Requirements

Comply with the monograph for «Tablets». Definition. Chewable albendazole tablets contain not less than 90.0% and not more than 110.0% of the amount of Albendazole (C12H15N3O2S) stated on the label.

Identity tests Either tests A, C and D or tests B, C and E may be applied. A. Carry out the test as described under 1.14.1 Thin-layer chromatography, using silica gel R5 as the coating substance and a mixture of 30 volumes of dichloromethane R, 7 volumes of glacial acetic acid R, and 3 volumes of ether R as the mobile phase. Apply separately to the plate 5 μl each of the following two solutions in a mixture of 9 volumes of dichloromethane R, and 1 volume of glacial acetic acid R. For solution (A) shake a quantity of the powdered tablets containing about 25 mg of Albendazole with

400 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

25 ml, filter and use the filtrate. For solution (B) use 1.0 mg of albendazole RS per ml. After removing the plate from the chromatographic chamber, allow the plate to dry in a current of warm air, and examine the chromatogram under ultraviolet light (254 nm).

The principal spot obtained with solution A corresponds in position, appearance and intensity with that obtained with solution B.

[Note from Secretariat: addition of a system suitability criteria is under investigation.]

B. See the test described below under Assay, method A. The retention time of the principal peak in the chromatogram obtained with solution (1) is similar to that obtained with solution (3).

C. See the test described under Assay, method B. The absorption spectrum (1.6) of solution (1), when observed between 220 and 340 nm, exhibits a maximum at 308 nm and a minimum at 281 nm.

D. Dissolve a quantity of powdered tablets containing about 0.2 g of Albendazole in 30 ml of ethanol R by warming in a water bath. Filter and evaporate the filtrate to dryness. Ignite about 0.1 g of the residue, fumes are evolved, staining lead acetate paper R black.

E. See the test described under Identity test D. Dissolve about 0.1 g of the residue in warmed dilute sulfuric acid R, add potassium iodobismuthate TS, a reddish-brown precipitate is produced.

Related substances

Carry out the test as described under 1.14.4 High performance liquid chromatography, using the conditions given below under Assay method A. Prepare the following solutions. Solvent mixture: dilute 1 volume of sulfuric acid R with 99 volumes of methanol R. For solution (1), transfer a quantity of the powdered tablets containing about 25.0 mg of Albendazole in 5 ml of the solvent mixture and dilute to 50.0 ml with methanol R. For solution (2), dilute 1 volume of solution (1) with 100 volumes of methanol R.

Inject separately 20 µl each of solutions (1) and (2). Record the chromatogram for about 45 minutes (retention time of albendazole: about 22 minutes). In the chromatogram obtained with solution (1), the area of any peak, other than the peak due to albendazole, is not greater than 0.75 times the area of the principal peak in the chromatogram obtained with solution (2) (0.75%). The sum of the areas of all peaks, other than the peak due to albendazole, is not greater than 3 times the area of the principal peak in the chromatogram obtained with solution (2) (3.0%). Disregard any peak with an area less than 0.05 times the area of the principal peak in the chromatogram obtained with solution (2) (0.05%). Assay

Either method A or method B may be applied.

401 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

A. Carry out the test as described under 1.14.4 High-performance liquid chromatography, using a stainless steel column (25 cm × 4.6 mm) packed with octadecylsilyl base-deactivated silica gel for chromatography R (5 µm). (Inertsil ODS-SP has been found suitable.)

As the mobile phase, use a solution prepared as follows: dissolve 1.25 g of monobasic ammonium phosphate R in 1000 ml of water R, mix, and filter through a 0.45 μm membrane. Make adjustments if necessary. Mix 400 ml of this solution with 600 ml of methanol R.

Prepare the following solutions.

Solvent mixture: dilute 1 volume of sulfuric acid R with 99 volumes of methanol R.

For solution (1) weigh and powder 20 tablets. Transfer an accurately weighed quantity of the powder, containing about 100 mg of Albendazole, to a 50 ml volumetric flask. Add 5 ml of the solvent mixture and 20 ml of methanol R, and shake to dissolve for about 15 minutes. Dilute to volume with methanol R, mix and filter, discarding the first 15 ml of the filtrate. Dilute 5.0 ml of this solution to 50.0 ml with methanol R and mix. For solution (2), transfer 25.0 mg of albendazole RS to a 25 ml volumetric flask, add 2 ml of the solvent mixture and 20 ml of methanol R, and shake to dissolve. Dilute to volume with methanol Re and mix. For solution (3), dilute 2 ml of solution (2) to 10.0 ml with methanol R and mix.

Operate with a flow rate of 1 ml per minute. As a detector use an ultraviolet spectro- photometer set at a wavelength of about 254 nm.

Inject separately 20 µl each of solutions (1) and (3). The peak due to albendazole is eluted at the following retention time: about 22 minutes. The test is not valid unless, in the chromatogram obtain with solution (3), the number of theoretical plates of the column is not less than 5000, calculated with reference to the peak due to albendazole.

Measure the areas of the peak responses obtained in the chromatograms from solutions (1) and (3), and calculate the content of albendazole (C12H15N3O2S) in the tablets.

B. Weigh and powder 20 tablets. Transfer a quantity of the powder containing about 20 mg of Albendazole, accurately weighed, to a 50ml volumetric flask, add 30 ml of hydrochloric acid/methanol (0.01 mol/l) VS, shake for 15 minutes and dilute to volume with the same solvent. Mix and filter this solution, discarding the first 10 ml of the filtrate. Transfer 1.0 ml of the subsequent filtrate to a 50 ml volumetric flask and dilute to volume with sodium hydroxide (~4 g/l) TS. Measure the absorbance of the resul- ting solution at the maximum at about 308 nm. Calculate the content of Albendazole (C12H15N3O2S), using the absorptivity value of 74.2.

[Note from Secretariat: reagents to be confirmed.]

* * * * *

402 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

New reagents to be added to Ph.Int.

Sodium hydroxide (~4 g/l) TS: A solution of sodium hydroxide R containing about 4 g/l of NaOH (approximately 0.1 mol/l).

Monobasic ammonium phosphate R. Monoammonium Phosphate; Ammonium Dihy- drogen Phosphate. NH4H2PO4.

A commercial reagent of suitable grade.

Artenimolum Artenimol

Draft proposal for the International Pharmacopoeia (August 2011). Please addess any comments to Quality Assurance and Safety: Medicines, World Health Organization, 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland. Fax: +41 22 791 4730 or e-mail [email protected]. All working documents are available for comment at http://www.who.int/medicines/publications/pharmacopoeia/ mono_dev/en/index.html

[Note from Secretariat: The current monograph is under review in the context of the general revision of artemisinin derivatives. This revised draft only takes account of the changes proposed as regards to the correction of the information related to stereo- chemistry. Therefore, it might be subject to further changes on other aspects of the monograph.)

Artenimol is the International Nonproprietary Name (INN) for this substance. However, the trivial name «dihydroartemisinin» is also in common use.

C15H24O5 CH3 H H

H H O H3C H H O O

O CH3 Relative molecular mass. 284.4 Chemical names. (3R,5aS,6R,8aS,9R,10S,12R,12aR)-Decahydro-3,6,9-trimethyl- 3,12-epoxy-12H-pyrano[4,3-j]-1,2-benzodioxepin-10-ol; CAS Reg. No. 71939-50-9.

[Note from Secretariat: a systematic name following IUPAC rules has been added as an alternative for the main component.]

Other names. «Dihydroartemisinin», b-dihydroartemisinin.

403 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Description. Colourless needles or a white or almost white, cryst.alline powder. Solubility. Practically insoluble in water; slightly soluble in acetonitrile R, ethanol (~750 g/l) TS and dichloromethane R.

Category. Antimalarial drug.

Storage. Artenimol should be kept in a well-closed container, protected from light. Additional information. In solution, Artenimol (10S-epimer) and 10-epi-artenimol (10R- epimer) are in slow equilibrium.

Requirements

Definition.Artenimol contains not less than 97.0% and not more than the equivalent of 102.0% of C15H24O5 using Assay method A, and not less than 98.0% and not more than the equivalent of 102.0% of C15H24O5 using Assay method B, both calculated with reference to the dried substance.

Identity tests

Either test A alone or tests B, C, and D may be applied.

A. Carry out the examination as described under 1.7 Spectrophotometry in the infrared region. The infrared absorption spectrum is concordant with the spectrum obtained from artenimol RS or with the reference spectrum of artenimol.

B. See the test described below under «Related substances test B». The principal spot obtained with solution D corresponds in position, appearance, and intensity with that obtained with solution E.

C. Dissolve 5 mg in about 0.5 ml of dehydrated ethanol R, add about 0.5 ml of hydroxylamine hydrochloride TS2 and 0.25 ml of sodium hydroxide (~80 g/l) TS. Heat the mixture in a water-bath to boiling, cool, add 2 drops of hydrochloric acid (~70 g/l) TS and 2 drops of ferric chloride (50 g/l) TS; a deep violet colour is immediately produced.

D. Dissolve 5 mg in about 0.5 ml of dehydrated ethanol R, add 1.0 ml of potassium iodide (80 g/l) TS, 2.5 ml of sulfuric acid (~100 g/l) TS, and 4 drops of starch TS; a violet colour is immediately produced.

Sulfated ash. Not more than 1.0 mg/g.

Loss on drying. Dry over phosphorus pentoxide R under reduced pressure (not exceeding 2.67 kPa or 20 mm of mercury); it loses not more than 10.0 mg/g.

Related substances

Either test A or test B may be applied. Prepare fresh solutions and perform the tests without delay. A. Carry out the test as described under 1.14.4 High-performance liquid chromatography, using a stainless steel column (10 cm × 4.6 mm) packed with particles of silica

404 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents gel, the surface of which has been modified with chemically bonded octadecylsilyl groups (3 μm). As the mobile phase for gradient elution, use a mixture of 6 volumes of acetonitrile R and 4 volumes of water for the first 17 minutes; then run a gradient, which should reach 100% acetonitrile within 13 minutes.

Prepare the following solutions in methanol R with sonication. For solution (1) use 10 mg of Artenimol per ml and for solution (2) use 50 μg of Artenimol per ml. For the system suitability test prepare solution (3) by dissolving 1.0 mg of artemisinin RS per ml and 1.0 mg of artenimol RS per ml in methanol R with sonication. Operate with a flow rate of 0.6 ml per minute. As a detector use an ultraviolet spectro- photometer set at a wavelength of about 216 nm. Inject separately 20 μl each of solutions (1), (2) and (3). The test is not valid unless the relative retention of artenimol compared with artemisinin is about 0.6, and the resolution between the peaks is not less than 2.0. Measure the areas of the peak responses for artenimol and 10-epi-artenimol obtained in the chromatograms from solutions (1) and (2), and calculate the content of the related substances as a percentage. In the chromatogram obtained with solution (1), the area of any peak, other than the two principal peaks, is not greater than that obtained with solution (2) (0.5%). Not more than one peak is greater than half the area of the two principal peakstwin peak obtained with solution (2) (0.25%). The sum of the areas of all the peaks, other than the two principal peaks, is not greater than twice the area of the two principal peaks obtained with solution (2) (1.0%). Disregard any peak with an area less than 0.1 times the area of the two principal peaks in the chromatogram obtained with solution (2).

B. Carry out the test as described under 1.14.1 Thin-layer chromatography, using silica gel R1 as the coating substance and a mixture of equal volumes of light petro- leum R1 and ether R as the mobile phase. Apply separately to the plate 10 ml of each of the following 5 solutions in toluene R containing (A) 10 mg of Artenimol per ml, (B) 0.05 mg of Artenimol per ml, (C) 0.025 mg of Artenimol per ml, (D) 0.10 mg of Arteni- mol per ml, and (E) 0.10 mg of artenimol RS per ml. After removing the plate from the chromatographic chamber, allow it to dry in air, and spray with vanillin/ sulfuric acid TS1. Examine the chromatogram in daylight.

Any spot obtained with solution A, other than the principal spot, is not more intense than that obtained with solution B (0.5%). Furthermore, not more than one such spot is more intense than that obtained with solution C (0.25%).

Assay

Either method A or method B may be applied.

Prepare fresh solutions and perform the tests without delay.

A. Determine by 1.14.4 High-performance liquid chromatography, using a stainless steel column (10 cm × 4.6 mm) packed with particles of silica gel, the surface of which has been modified with chemically bonded octadecylsilyl groups (3 μm).As the mobile phase, use a mixture of 6 volumes of acetonitrile R and 4 volumes of water R.

405 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Prepare the following solutions in the mobile phase: solution (1) 1.0mg of Artenimol per ml, and solution (2) 1.0 mg of artenimol RS per ml.

For the system suitability test prepare solution (3) containing 1.0 mg of artemisinin RS per ml and 1.0 mg of artenimol RS per ml in a mixture of 8 volumes of acetonitrile R and 2 volumes of water R.

Operate with a flow rate of 0.6 ml per minute. As a detector use an ultraviolet spectro- photometer set at a wavelength of about 216 nm.

Inject separately 20 μl each of solutions (1), (2), and (3).

The test is not valid unless the relative retention of artenimol compared with artemisinin is about 0.6, and the resolution between the peaks is not less than 2.0.

Measure the areas of the peak responses for artenimol and 10-epi-artenimol obtained in the chromatograms from solutions (1) and (2), and calculate the percentage content of C15H22O5 with reference to the dried substance.

B. Dissolve about 0.05 g of Artenimol, accurately weighed, in sufficient ethanol (~750 g/l) TS to produce 100 ml and dilute 10 ml to 100 ml with the same solvent. Accurately transfer 10 ml to a 50 ml volumetric flask, dilute to volume with sodium hydroxide (0.05 mol/l) VS, mix thoroughly, and warm to 50 °C in a water-bath for 30 minutes. Cool to room temperature.

Measure the absorbance of a 1 cm layer at the maximum at about 292 nm against a solvent cell containing a blank prepared with 10 ml of ethanol (~750 g/l) TS diluted with sufficient sodium hydroxide (0.05 mol/l) VS to produce 50 ml. Calculate the percentage content of C15H22O5 in the substance being tested by comparison with artenimol RS, similarly and concurrently examined, and with reference to the dried substance.

Medroxyprogesterone injection

Category. Contraceptive.

Storage. Medroxyprogesterone injection should be protected from light. On standing, solid matter may separate; it should be redissolved by heating before use.

Additional information. Strength in the current WHO Model List of Essential Medi- cines: 150 mg/ml in 1-ml vial.

406 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

Requirements

Complies with the monograph for “Parenteral preparations”.

Definition.Medroxyprogesterone injection is a sterile aqueous suspension of Me- droxyprogesterone acetate. It contains not less than 90.0% and not more than 110.0% of the amount of Medroxyprogesterone acetate (C24H34O4) stated on the label.

Identity tests

A. Centrifuge a volume of the injection to be examined containing 50 mg of Medroxy- progesterone acetate. Decant the supernatant liquid and wash the residue with two quantities of 15 ml of water R, discarding the water washings. Dissolve the combined residues in 10 ml of dichloromethane R. Evaporate to dryness on a water-bath and continue drying at 105 °C for 3 hours. Carry out the examination with the residue as described under 1.7 Spectrophotometry in the infrared region. The infrared absorption spectrum is concordant with the spectrum obtained from medroxyprogesterone acetate RS or with the reference spectrum of medroxyprogesterone acetate.

B. Carry out test B.1 or, where UV detection is not available, test B.2.

B.1 Carry out the test as described under 1.14.1 Thin-layer chromatography, using silica R5 as the coating substance and a mixture of 10 volumes of dichloromethane R and 1 volume of ethyl acetate R as the mobile phase. Apply separately to the plate 10 μl of each of the following two solutions in dichloromethane R. For solution (A) dilute a suitable volume of the injection to be examined to obtain a concentration of 5 mg of Medroxyprogesterone acetate per ml. For solution (B) use 5 mg of medroxyprogesterone acetate RS per ml. After removing the plate from the chromatographic chamber, heat it at 120°C for 30 minutes, spray with a mixture of equal volumes of sulfuric acid R and ethanol (~750 g/l) TS, and heat further at 120°C for 10 minutes. Allow the plate to cool, and examine the chromatogram in ultraviolet light (365 nm).

The principal spot obtained with solution A corresponds in position, appearance and intensity to that obtained with solution B.

B.2 Carry out the test as described under 1.14.1 Thin-layer chromatography, using the conditions described under test B.1, but examine the chromatogram in daylight.

The principal spot obtained with solution A corresponds in position, appearance and intensity to that obtained with solution B.

[Note from Secretariat: addition of a system suitability criteria under investigation.]

C. Centrifuge a volume of injection to be examined containing 30 mg of Medroxypro- gesterone acetate. Decant the supernatant liquid, dissolve the residue in 5 ml of sulfuric acid R, and introduce 5 ml of ethanol (~750 g/l) TS to form an upper layer; a bluish violet ring is formed at the interface of the two layers. pH. pH of the injection, 3.0-7.0.

407 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Medroxyprogesterone acetate impurity F Carry out the test as described under 1.14.1. Thin-layer chromatography, using silica gel R5 as the coating substance and a mixture of 10 volumes of tetrahydrofuran R, 45 volumes of tert-butyl methyl ether R and 45 volumes of hexane R as the mobile phase. Apply separately to the plate 10 ml of each of the following two solutions in dichloromethane R. For solution (A) dilute a suitable volume of the injection to be examined to obtain a concentration of 20 mg of Medroxyprogesterone acetate per ml.

For solution (B) use 20 mg of medroxyprogesterone acetate RS and 0.1 mg of medroxyprogesterone acetate impurity F per ml. Develop the chromatogram for a distance of about 10 cm. Allow it to dry in air and carry out a second development in the same direction using a freshly prepared mobile phase. After removing the plate from the chromatographic chamber, heat it at 100°C to 105 °C for 30 minutes, spray with 4-toluenesulfonic acid/ethanol TS. Heat again at 120 °C for 10 minutes, allow to cool, and examine the chromatogram in ultraviolet light (365 nm).

In the chromatogram obtained with solution A, any spot due to medroxyprogesterone acetate impurity F with an Rf value higher than the principal spot, is not more intense than the corresponding spot in the chromatogram obtained with solution B (0.5%).

[Note from Secretariat: • addition of a system suitability criteria under investigation • reagents to be confirmed.]

Related substances

Prepare fresh solutions and perform the tests without delay. Carry out the test as described under 1.14.4 High-performance liquid chromatography, using the conditions given under Assay, method A.

Prepare the following solutions with the mobile phase. For solution (1) dilute a suitable volume of injection to be examined to obtain a concentration of 0.4 mg of Medroxy- progesterone acetate per ml. For solution (2) dilute a suitable volume of solution (1) to obtain a concentration of 4 μg of Medroxyprogesterone acetate per ml . For solution (3), use 20 μg of medroxyprogesterone acetate RS and 50 μg of megestrol acetate RS per ml. For solution (4), use 3.65 μg of methyl hydroxybenzoate R and 0.4 μg of propyl hydroxybenzoate R per ml.

Inject 20 µl of solution (3). Record the chromatogram for about 30 minutes.. The following peaks are eluted in the order: megestrol acetate (retention time about 12 minutes), medroxyprogesterone acetate (retention time about 14 minutes). The test is not valid unless, in the chromatogram obtained with solution (3), the resolution between the peaks due to medroxyprogesterone acetate and to megestrol acetate is at least 3.3.

Inject separately 20 µl each of solutions (1), (2) and (4).

In the chromatogram obtained with solution (1), the area of any peak, other than the principal peak, is not greater than the area of the principal peak in the chromatogram obtained with solution (2) (1.0%). The sum of the areas of all peaks, other than the

408 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents principal peak, is not greater than 1.5 times the area of the principal peak in the chromatogram obtained with solution (2) (1.5%). Disregard the two peaks due to methyl hydroxybenzoate and propyl hydroxybenzoate in the chromatogram obtained with solution (4).

Assay

Carry out the test as described under 1.14.4 High-performance liquid chromatography, using a stainless steel column (25 cm × 4.6 mm) packed with particles of silica gel, the surface of which has been modified with chemically bonded octadecylsilyl groups (5 µm). (Phenomenex Prodigy ODS3 is suitable.)

As the mobile phase, use a solution prepared as follows: mix 100 volumes of tetrahydrofuran R, 350 volumes of acetonitrile R and 500 volumes of water R, and filter through a 0.45-µm filter.

Prepare the following solutions in the mobile phase. For solution (1) dilute a suitable volume of the injection to be examined to obtain a concentration of 40 μg of Medroxy- progesterone acetate per ml. For solution (2) dissolve 10 mg of medroxyprogesterone acetate RS in 50 ml and mix. Dilute 5 ml of this solution to 20 ml with the mobile phase. For solution (3) use 20 μg of medroxyprogesterone acetate RS per ml and 50 μg of megestrol acetate RS per ml.

Operate with a flow rate of 2.0 ml per minute. As a detector use an ultraviolet spectro- photometer set at a wavelength of 241 nm.

Inject 20 µl each of solutions (1) and (2). The test is not valid unless, in the chromatogram obtained with solution (3), the resolution between the peaks due to medroxyprogesterone acetate and to megestrol acetate is at least 3.3.

Measure the areas of the peak responses obtained in the chromatograms from solutions (1) and (2) and calculate the percentage content of medroxyprogesterone acetate (C24H34O4).

[Note from Secretariat: proposal to add a list of impurities, either at the end of this monograph or preferably, in a revised text for the API monograph; the impurities would then be designated within this text in replacing the chemical names (ex. megestrol acetate) by the corresponding assigned names (impurity A, B C, etc.).]

Ritonaviri compressi Ritonavir tablets

409 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Category. Antiretroviral (Protease Inhibitor). Storage. Ritonavir tablets should be stored in a tightly closed container, at temperatures not exceeding 30 °C. Additional information. Strength in the current WHO Model List of Essential Medi- cines: 25 mg, 100 mg.

Requirements

Comply with the monograph for “Tablets”.

Definition.Ritonavir tablets contain not less than 90.0% and not more than 110.0% of the amount of ritonavir (C37H48N6O5S2) stated on the label.

Identity tests A. Carry out test A.1 or, where UV detection is not available, test A.2. A.1 Carry out the test as described under 1.14.1 Thin-layer chromatography, using silica gel R6 as the coating substance and a mixture of 67 volumes of dichloromethane R, 20 volumes of acetonitrile R, 10 volumes of methanol R and 3 volumes of ammonia (~260 g/l) TS as the mobile phase. Apply separately to the plate 10 µl of each of the following two solutions in methanol R. For solution (A) shake a quantity of the powdered tablets containing 25 mg of Ritonavir with 5 ml and filter. Add 0.5 ml of ammonia (~260 g/l) TS to 2 ml of the filtrate and shake. For solution (B) use 2 ml of a 5 mg/ml solution of ritonavir RS. Add 0.5 ml of ammonia (~260 g/l) TS and shake. After removing the plate from the chromatographic chamber, allow it to dry exhaustively in a current of cool air. Examine the chromatogram in ultraviolet light (254 nm). The principal spot obtained with solution A corresponds in position, appearance and intensity with that obtained with solution B.

A.2 Carry out the test as described under 1.14.1 Thin-layer chromatography, using the conditions described above under test A.1 but using silica gel R5 as the coating substance. Spray lightly with basic potassium permanganate (5 g/l) TS and examine the chromatogram in daylight.

The principal spot obtained with solution A corresponds in position, appearance, and intensity with that obtained with solution B.

B. See the test described under Assay. The retention time of the principal peak in the chromatogram obtained with solution (1) is similar to that in the chromatogram obtained with solution (2).

Dissolution. Carry out the test as described under 5.5 Dissolution test for solid oral dosage forms, using as the dissolution medium, 900 ml of hydrochloric acid (0.1 mol/l) VS, and rotating the paddle at 100 revolutions per minute. At 60 minutes withdraw a sample of 10 ml of the medium through an in-line filter. Allow the filtered sample to cool down to room temperature.

Determine the content of ritonavir (C37H48N6O5S2) in the medium by 1.14.4 High-performance liquid chromatography, using the conditions described under Assay and a suitable solution of ritonavir RS as a reference solution.

410 WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Consultation Documents

For each of the six tablets tested, calculate the total amount of ritonavir (C37H48N6O5S2) in the medium. The amount in solution for each tablet is not less than 80% of the amount stated on the label. If the amount obtained for one of the six tablets is less than 80%, repeat the test using a further six tablets; the average amount for all 12 tablets tested is not less than 75% and no tablet releases less than 60%.

Related substances Carry out the test as described under 1.14.4 High-performance liquid chromatography, using the conditions described under Assay.

Prepare the following solutions using a mixture of 70 volumes of mobile phase A and 30 volumes of mobile phase B as diluent. For solution (1) shake a quantity of powdered tablets containing 25 mg of Ritonavir with 50 ml of diluent, filter and use the clear filtrate. For solution (2) dilute a suitable volume of solution (1) to obtain a concentration of 0.5 µg of Ritonavir per ml.

For the system suitability test: prepare solution (3) using 5 ml of solution (1) and 1 ml of sulfuric acid (475 g/l) TS, heat in a boiling water bath for 20 minutes.

Operate with a flow rate of 1.0 ml per minute. As a detector use an ultraviolet spectro- photometer set at a wavelength of 240 nm.

Maintain the column temperature at 35 °C.

Inject 20 µl of solution (3). The test is not valid unless the resolution between the principal peak (retention time about 22 minutes) and the peak with a relative retention of about 0.8 is at least 2.0. The test is also not valid unless the resolution between the principal peak and the peak with a relative retention of about 1.5 is at least 6.5. If necessary adjust the amount of acetonitrile in both mobile phases A and B, or adjust the gradient programme.

Inject separately 20 µl each of solutions (1) and (2).

In the chromatogram obtained with solution (1), the area of any peak, other than the principal peak, is not greater than three times the area of the principal peak in the chromatogram obtained with solution (2) (0.3%); the area of not more than two such peaks is greater than twice the area of the principal peak in the chromatogram obtained with solution (2) (0.2%); the area of not more than four such peaks is greater than the area of the principal peak in the chromatogram obtained with solution (2) (0.1%). The sum of the areas of all peaks, other than the principal peak, is not greater than ten times the area of the principal peak in the chromatogram obtained with solution (2) (1.0%). Disregard any peak with an area less than 0.5 times the area of the principal peak in the chromatogram obtained with solution (2) (0.05%). Disregard any peak with a relative retention time less than about 0.5 in the chromatogram obtained with solution (3).

Assay Carry out the test as described under 1.14.4 High-performance liquid chromatography, using a stainless steel column (25 cm x 4.6 mm) packed with base-deactivated particles of silica gel the surface of which has been modified with chemically bonded octadecylsilyl groups (5 µm). (Hypersil BDS C18 has been found suitable.)

411 Consultation Documents WHO Drug Information Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Use the following conditions for gradient elution:

Mobile phase A: 35 volumes of acetonitrile R, 28 volumes of sodium phosphate buffer pH 4.0 and 37 volumes of water R.

Mobile phase B: 70 volumes of acetonitrile R, 28 volumes of sodium phosphate buffer pH 4.0 and 2 volumes of water R.

Prepare the sodium phosphate buffer pH 4.0 by dissolving 7.8 g of sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate R and 1.88 g of sodium hexanesulfonate R in 800 ml of water R, adjust the pH to 4.0 by adding phosphoric acid (~105 g/l) TS and dilute to 1000 ml with water R.

Time (min) Mobile phase Mobile phase Comments A (% v/v) B (% v/v) 0–20 70 30 Isocratic 20–30 70 to 0 30 to 100 Linear gradient

30–40 0 100 Isocratic 40–45 70 30 Isocratic re-equilibration

Prepare the following solutions using a mixture of 70 volumes of mobile phase A and 30 volumes of mobile phase B as diluent. For solution (1) shake a quantity of powdered tablets containing 25 mg of Ritonavir with 50 ml of the diluent, filter and use the clear filtrate. For solution (2) use 0.5 mg of ritonavir RS per ml of diluent.

Operate with a flow rate of 1.0 ml per minute. As a detector use an ultraviolet spectro- photometer set at a wavelength of 240 nm.

Maintain the column temperature at 35 °C.

For the system suitability test: prepare solution (3) using 5 ml of solution (1) and 1 ml of sulfuric acid (475 g/l) TS, heat in a boiling water bath for 20 minutes.

Inject separately 20 µl each of solutions (1) and (2).

Measure the areas of the peak responses obtained in the chromatograms from solutions (1) and (2), and calculate the content of ritonavir (C37H48N6O5S2) in the tablets.

412 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

International Nonproprietary Names for Pharmaceutical Substances (INN)

Notice is hereby given that, in accordance with article 3 of the Procedure for the Selection of Recommended International Nonproprietary Names for Pharmaceutical Substances, the names given in the list on the following pages are under consideration by the World Health Organization as Proposed International Nonproprietary Names. The inclusion of a name in the lists of Proposed International Nonproprietary Names does not imply any recommendation of the use of the substance in medicine or pharmacy.

Lists of Proposed (1–105) and Recommended (1–66) International Nonproprietary Names can be found in Cumulative List No. 14, 2011 (available in CD-ROM only). The statements indicating action and use are based largely on information supplied by the manufacturer. This information is merely meant to provide an indication of the potential use of new substances at the time they are accorded Proposed International Nonproprietary Names. WHO is not in a position either to uphold these statements or to comment on the efficacy of the action claimed. Because of their provisional nature, these descriptors will neither be revised nor included in the Cumulative Lists of INNs.

Dénominations communes internationales des Substances pharmaceutiques (DCI) Il est notifié que, conformément aux dispositions de l'article 3 de la Procédure à suivre en vue du choix de Dénominations communes internationales recommandées pour les Substances pharmaceutiques les dénominations ci-dessous sont mises à l'étude par l'Organisation mondiale de la Santé en tant que dénominations communes internationales proposées. L'inclusion d'une dénomination dans les listes de DCI proposées n'implique aucune recommandation en vue de l'utilisation de la substance correspondante en médecine ou en pharmacie.

On trouvera d'autres listes de Dénominations communes internationales proposées (1–105) et recommandées (1–66) dans la Liste récapitulative No. 14, 2011 (disponible sur CD-ROM seulement). Les mentions indiquant les propriétés et les indications des substances sont fondées sur les renseignements communiqués par le fabricant. Elles ne visent qu'à donner une idée de l'utilisation potentielle des nouvelles substances au moment où elles sont l'objet de propositions de DCI. L'OMS n'est pas en mesure de confirmer ces déclarations ni de faire de commentaires sur l'efficacité du mode d'action ainsi décrit. En raison de leur caractère provisoire, ces informations ne figureront pas dans les listes récapitulatives de DCI.

Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales para las Sustancias Farmacéuticas (DCI) De conformidad con lo que dispone el párrafo 3 del "Procedimiento de Selección de Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales Recomendadas para las Sustancias Farmacéuticas", se comunica por el presente anuncio que las denominaciones detalladas en las páginas siguientes están sometidas a estudio por la Organización Mundial de La Salud como Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales Propuestas. La inclusión de una denominación en las listas de las DCI Propuestas no supone recomendación alguna en favor del empleo de la sustancia respectiva en medicina o en farmacia.

Las listas de Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales Propuestas (1–105) y Recomendadas (1–66) se encuentran reunidas en Cumulative List No. 14, 2011 (disponible sólo en CD-ROM). Las indicaciones sobre acción y uso que aparecen se basan principalmente en la información facilitada por los fabricantes. Esta información tiene por objeto dar una idea únicamente de las posibilidades de aplicación de las nuevas sustancias a las que se asigna una DCI Propuesta. La OMS no está facultada para respaldar esas indicaciones ni para formular comentarios sobre la eficacia de la acción que se atribuye al producto. Debido a su carácter provisional, esos datos descriptivos no deben incluirse en las listas recapitulativas de DCI.

413

Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Proposed International Nonproprietary Names: List 106 Comments on, or formal objections to, the proposed names may be forwarded by any person to the INN Programme of the World Health Organization within four months of the date of their publication in WHO Drug Information, i.e., for List 106 Proposed INN not later than 31 May 2012 Publication Date: 31 January 2012

Dénominations communes internationales proposées: Liste 106 Des observations ou des objections formelles à l'égard des dénominations proposées peuvent être adressées par toute personne au Programme des Dénominations communes internationales de l'Organisation mondiale de la Santé dans un délai de quatre mois à compter de la date de leur publication dans WHO Drug Information, c'est à dire pour la Liste 106 de DCI Proposées le 31 mai 2012 au plus tard. Date de publication: 31 janvier 2012

Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales Propuestas: Lista 106 Cualquier persona puede dirigir observaciones u objeciones respecto de las denominaciones propuestas, al Programa de Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales de la Organización Mundial de la Salud, en un plazo de cuatro meses, contados desde la fecha de su publicación en WHO Drug Information, es decir, para la Lista 106 de DCI Propuestas el 31 de mayo de 2012 a más tardar. Fecha de publicación: 31 de enero de 2012

Proposed INN Chemical name or description: Action and use: Molecular formula (Latin, English, French, Spanish) Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) registry number: Graphic formula

DCI Proposée Nom chimique ou description: Propriétés et indications: Formule brute Numéro dans le registre du CAS: Formule développée

DCI Propuesta Nombre químico o descripción: Acción y uso: Fórmula molecular Número de registro del CAS: Fórmula desarrollada

acidum deoxycholicum deoxycholic acid 3α,12α-dihydroxy-5β-cholan-24-oic acid endogenous bile salt

acide désoxycholique acide 3α,12α-dihydroxy-5β-cholan-24-oïque sel biliaire endogène

ácido desoxicólico ácido 3α,12α-dihidroxi-5β-colan-24-oico sal biliar endógena

C24H40O4 83-44-3

H H3C OH H CH3 CO2H H

CH3 H

H H H HO H

414 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

acidum florilglutamicum (18F) 18 18 florilglutamic acid ( F) (4S)-4-(3-[ F]fluoropropyl)-L-glutamic acid diagnostic aid

18 18 acide florilglutamique ( F) acide (4S)-4-(3-[ F]fluoropropyl)-L-glutamique produit à usage diagnostique

18 18 ácido florilglutamic ( F) ácido (4S)-4-(3-[ F]fluoropropil)-L-glutámico agente de diagnóstico

18 C8H14 FNO4 1196963-74-2

HO2C CO2H

H HNH2 18 [ F]

acidum tiazoticum tiazotic acid [(5-methyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)sulfanyl]acetic acid antioxidant

acide tiazotique acide [(5-méthyl-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)sulfanyl]acétique antioxydant

ácido tiazótico ácido [(5-metil-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-il)sulfanil]acético antioxidante

C5H7N3O2S 64679-65-8

HN N CO H H C S 2 3 N

amitifadinum amitifadine (1R,5S)-1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane antidepressant

amitifadine (1R,5S)-1-(3,4-dichlorophényl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane antidépresseur

amitifadina (1R,5S)-1-(3,4-diclorofenil)-3-azabiciclo[3.1.0]hexano antidepresivo

C11H11Cl2N 410074-73-6

H N

Cl Cl

415 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

bamosiranum bamosiran siRNA inhibitor of β2-adrenergic receptor production; RNA duplex of cytidylyl-(3'→5')-adenylyl-(3'→5')-uridylyl-(3'→5')- uridylyl-(3'→5')-guanylyl-(3'→5')-uridylyl-(3'→5')-guanylyl-(3'→5')- cytidylyl-(3'→5')-adenylyl-(3'→5')-uridylyl-(3'→5')-guanylyl-(3'→5')- uridylyl-(3'→5')-guanylyl-(3'→5')-adenylyl-(3'→5')-uridylyl-(3'→5')- cytidylyl-(3'→5')-cytidylyl-(3'→5')-adenylyl-(3'→5')-guanylyl-(3'→5')- thymidylyl-(3'→5')-thymidine with thymidylyl-(5'→3')-thymidylyl- (5'→3')-guanylyl-(5'→3')-uridylyl-(5'→3')-adenylyl-(5'→3')-adenylyl- (5'→3')-cytidylyl-(5'→3')-adenylyl-(5'→3')-cytidylyl-(5'→3')-guanylyl- (5'→3')-uridylyl-(5'→3')-adenylyl-(5'→3')-cytidylyl-(5'→3')-adenylyl- (5'→3')-cytidylyl-(5'→3')-uridylyl-(5'→3')-adenylyl-(5'→3')-guanylyl- (5'→3')-guanylyl-(5'→3')-uridylyl-(5'→3')-cytidine antiglaucoma

bamosiran petit ARN interférant (siRNA) inhibiteur de la production du récepteur adrénergique β2; duplex ARN du brin cytidylyl-(3'→5')-adénylyl-(3'→5')-uridylyl-(3'→ 5')-uridylyl-(3'→5')-guanylyl-(3'→5')-uridylyl-(3'→5')-guanylyl-(3'→5')- cytidylyl-(3'→5')-adénylyl-(3'→5')-uridylyl-(3'→5')-guanylyl-(3'→5')- uridylyl-(3'→5')-guanylyl-(3'→5')-adénylyl-(3'→5')-uridylyl-(3'→5')- cytidylyl-(3'→5')-cytidylyl-(3'→5')-adénylyl-(3'→5')-guanylyl-(3'→5')- thymidylyl-(3'→5')-thymidine avec le brin anti-sens thymidylyl-(5'→ 3')-thymidylyl-(5'→3')-guanylyl-(5'→3')-uridylyl-(5'→3')-adénylyl-(5'→ 3')-adénylyl-(5'→3')-cytidylyl-(5'→3')-adénylyl-(5'→3')-cytidylyl-(5'→ 3')-guanylyl-(5'→3')-uridylyl-(5'→3')-adénylyl-(5'→3')-cytidylyl-(5'→ 3')-adénylyl-(5'→3')-cytidylyl-(5'→3')-uridylyl-(5'→3')-adénylyl-(5'→ 3')-guanylyl-(5'→3')-guanylyl-(5'→3')-uridylyl-(5'→3')-cytidine antiglaucomateux

bamosirán ARN interferente pequeño (siRNA) inhibidor de la producción del receptor adrenérgico β2; ARN dúplex de la cadena citidilil-(3'→5')-adenilil-(3'→5')-uridilil-(3'→ 5')-uridilil-(3'→5')-guanilil-(3'→5')-uridilil-(3'→5')-guanilil-(3'→5')- citidilil-(3'→5')-adenilil-(3'→5')-uridilil-(3'→5')-guanilil-(3'→5')-uridilil- (3'→5')-guanilil-(3'→5')-adenilil-(3'→5')-uridilil-(3'→5')-citidilil-(3'→5')- citidilil-(3'→5')-adenilil-(3'→5')-guanilil-(3'→5')-timidilil-(3'→5')- timidina con la cadena antisentido timidilil-(5'→3')-timidilil-(5'→3')- guanilil-(5'→3')-uridilil-(5'→3')-adenilil-(5'→3')-adenilil-(5'→3')-citidilil- (5'→3')-adenilil-(5'→3')-citidilil-(5'→3')-guanilil-(5'→3')-uridilil-(5'→3')- adenilil-(5'→3')-citidilil-(5'→3')-adenilil-(5'→3')-citidilil-(5'→3')-uridilil- (5'→3')-adenilil-(5'→3')-guanilil-(5'→3')-guanilil-(5'→3')-uridilil-(5'→ 3')-citidina antiglaucoma

C401H500N150O290P40 1337968-84-9

(3'-5')CAUUGUGCAUGUGAUCCAG-dT-dT (5'-3')dT-dT-GUAACACGUACACUAGGUC

416 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

brexpiprazolum brexpiprazole 7-{4-[4-(1-benzothiophen-4-yl)piperazin-1-yl]butoxy}quinolin- 2(1H)-one antipsychotic

brexpiprazole 7-{4-[4-(1-benzothiophén-4-yl)pipérazin-1-yl]butoxy}quinoléin- 2(1H)-one antipsychotique

brexpiprazol 7-{4-[4-(1-benzotiofen-4-il)piperazin-1-il]butoxi}quinolin-2(1H)-ona antisicótico

C22H27N3O2S 913611-97-9

H O N O N S N

buparlisibum buparlisib 5-[2,6-bis(morpholin-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin- 2-amine antineoplastic

buparlisib 5-[2,6-bis(morpholin-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(trifluorométhyl)pyridin- 2-amine antinéoplasique

buparlisib 5-[2,6-bis(morfolin-4-il)pirimidin-4-il]-4-(trifluorometil)piridin-2-amina antineoplásico

C18H21F3N6O2 944396-07-0

N N O F3C NH2

camicinalum camicinal 1-{4-[(3-fluorophenyl)amino]piperidin-1-yl}-2-(4-{[(3S)-3- methylpiperazin-1-yl]methyl}phenyl)ethan-1-one digestive agent

camicinal 1-{4-[(3-fluorophényl)amino]pipéridin-1-yl}-2-(4-{[(3S)-3- méthylpipérazin-1-yl]méthyl}phényl)éthan-1-one régulateur des fonctions digestives

camicinal 1-{4-[(3-fluorofenil)amino]piperidin-1-il}-2-(4-{[(3S)-3-metilpiperazin- 1-il]metil}fenil)etan-1-ona digestivo

417 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

C25H33FN4O 923565-21-3

N O F HN N

HCH3 N H

caplacizumabum # caplacizumab immunoglobulin VH-linker-VH fragment, anti-[Homo sapiens VWF (von Willebrand factor) A1 domain], humanized monoclonal antibody; VH-linker-VH chain (1-259) [humanized VH (Homo sapiens IGHV3- 23*04 (82.50%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ4*01 L123>Q (123) [8.8.21] (1-128)) - trialanyl linker (129-131) -[humanized VH (Homo sapiens IGHV3- 23*04 (82.50%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ4*01 L123>Q (254) [8.8.21] (132-259) anti-von Willebrand factor

caplacizumab immunoglobuline fragment VH-linker-VH, anti-[Homo sapiens VWF (facteur de von Willebrand) domaine A1], anticorps monoclonal humanisé; chaîne VH-linker-VH (1-259) [VH humanisé (Homo sapiens IGHV3- 23*04 (82.50%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ4*01 L123>Q (123) [8.8.21] (1-128)) - trialanyl linker (129-131) -[VH humanisé (Homo sapiens IGHV3- 23*04 (82.50%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ4*01 L123>Q (254) [8.8.21] (132-259) anti-facteur de Von Willebrand

caplacizumab inmunoglobulina fragmento VH-conector-VH, anti-[VWF (factor de von Willebrand) de Homo sapiens dominio A1], anticuerpo monoclonal humanizado cadena VH-conector-VH (1-259) [VH humanizado (Homo sapiens IGHV3-23*04 (82.50%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ4*01 L123>Q (123) [8.8.21] (1-128)] -trialanil conector (129-131) -[VH humanizado (Homo sapiens IGHV3-23*04 (82.50%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ4*01 L123>Q (254) [8.8.21] (132-259) inhibidor del factor Von Willebrand

915810-67-2

EVQLVESGGG LVQPGGSLRL SCAASGRTFS YNPMGWFRQA PGKGRELVAA 50 ISRTGGSTYY PDSVEGRFTI SRDNAKRMVY LQMNSLRAED TAVYYCAAAG 100 VRAEDGRVRT LPSEYTFWGQ GTQVTVSSAA AEVQLVESGG GLVQPGGSLR 150 LSCAASGRTF SYNPMGWFRQ APGKGRELVA AISRTGGSTY YPDSVEGRFT 200 ISRDNAKRMV YLQMNSLRAE DTAVYYCAAA GVRAEDGRVR TLPSEYTFWG 250 QGTQVTVSS 259 Disulfide bridges location / Position des ponts disulfure / Posiciones de los puentes disulfuro Intra-chain 22-96 153-227

cerlapirdinum cerlapirdine N,N-dimethyl-3-{[3-(naphthalene-1-sulfonyl)-1H-indazol- 5-yl]oxy}propan-1-amine serotonin receptor antagonist

cerlapirdine N,N-diméthyl-3-{[3-(naphtaléne-1-sulfonyl)-1H-indazol- 5-yl]oxy}propan-1-amine antagoniste des récepteurs de la sérotonine

418 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

cerlapirdina N,N-dimetil-3-{[3-(naftaleno-1-sulfonil)-1H-indazol-5-il]oxi}propan- 1-amina antagonista del receptor de la serotonina

C22H23N3O3S 925448-93-7

H N N H3C N O S CH3 O O

dexmecamylaminum dexmecamylamine (1R,2S,4S)-N,2,3,3-tetramethylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-amine antidepressant

dexmécamylamine (1R,2S,4S)-N,2,3,3-tétraméthylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-amine antidépresseur

dexmecamilamina (1R,2S,4S)-N,2,3,3-tetrametilbiciclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-amina antidepresivo

C11H21N 107538-05-6

H HN CH3 CH3

CH3 CH3 H

drisapersenum drisapersen all-P-ambo-2'-O-methyl-P-thiouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyl-P- thiocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyl-P-thioadenylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyl- P-thioadenylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyl-P-thioguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O- methyl-P-thioguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyl-P-thioadenylyl-(3'→5')-2'- O-methyl-P-thioadenylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyl-P-thioguanylyl-(3'→5')- 2'-O-methyl-P-thioadenylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyl-P-thiouridylyl- (3'→5')-2'-O-methyl-P-thioguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyl-P- thioguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyl-P-thiocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyl- P-thioadenylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyl-P-thiouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O- methyl-P-thiouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyl-P-thiouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O- methyl-P-thiocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyluridine treatment of Duchenne muscular dystrophy

drisapersen tout-P-ambo-2'-O-méthyl-P-thiouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl-P- thiocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl-P-thioadénylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl- P-thioadénylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl-P-thioguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O- méthyl-P-thioguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl-P-thioadénylyl-(3'→5')-2'- O-méthyl-P-thioadénylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl-P-thioguanylyl-(3'→5')- 2'-O-méthyl-P-thioadénylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl-P-thiouridylyl- (3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl-P-thioguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl-P- thioguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl-P-thiocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl- P-thioadénylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl-P-thiouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O- méthyl-P-thiouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyl-P-thiouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O- méthyl-P-thiocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyluridine traitement de la myopathie de Duchenne

419 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

drisapersén todo-P-ambo-2'-O-metil-P-tiouridilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tiocitidilil- (3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tioadenilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tioadenilil- (3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tioguanilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tioguanilil- (3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tioadenilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tioadenilil- (3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tioguanilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tioadenilil- (3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tiouridilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tioguanilil-(3'→5')- 2'-O-metil-P-tioguanilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tiocitidilil-(3'→5')-2'-O- metil-P-tioadenilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tiouridilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P- tiouridilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tiouridilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metil-P-tiocitidilil- (3'→5')-2'-O-metiluridina tratamiento de la distrofia muscular de Duchenne

C211H275N76O119P19S19 1251830-50-8

(3'-5')(P-thio)(Um-Cm-Am-Am-Gm-Gm-Am-Am-Gm-Am-Um-Gm-Gm-Cm-Am-Um-Um-Um-Cm-Um)

faldaprevirum faldaprevir (1R,2S)-1-{[(2S,4R)-4-[{8-bromo-7-methoxy-2-[2-(2- methylpropanamido)-1,3-thiazol-4-yl]quinolin-4-yl}oxy]-1-[(2S)-2- {[(cyclopentyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-3,3-dimethylbutanoyl]pyrrolidine- 2-carboxamido]-2-ethenylcyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid antiviral

faldaprévir acide (1R,2S)-1-{[(2S,4R)-4-[{8-bromo-7-méthoxy-2-[2-(2- méthylpropanamido)-1,3-thiazol-4-yl]quinoléin-4-yl}oxy]-1-[(2S)-2- {[(cyclopentyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-3,3-diméthylbutanoyl]pyrrolidine- 2-carboxamido]-2-éthénylcyclopropane-1-carboxylique antiviral

faldaprevir ácido (1R,2S)-1-{[(2S,4R)-4-[{8-bromo-7-methoxy-2-[2-(2- metilpropanamido)-1,3-tiazol-4-il]quinolin-4-il}oxi]-1-[(2S)-2- {[(ciclopentiloxi)carbonil]amino}-3,3-dimetilbutanoil]pirrolidina- 2-carboxamido}-2-etenilciclopropano-1-carboxílico antiviral

C40H49BrN6O9S 801283-95-4

S Br NH CH3 H CO N 3 N

O CH3 CH H C 3 H 3 O CH3 O H N H O N N CO2H H O H O CH2 H

420 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

flanvotumabum # flanvotumab immunoglobulin G1-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens TYRP1 (tyrosinase- related protein 1, 5,6-dihydroxyindole-2-carboxylic acid oxidase, DHICA oxidase, TRP1, melanoma antigen gp75)], Homo sapiens monoclonal antibody; gamma1 heavy chain (1-449) [Homo sapiens VH (IGHV7-4-1*02 (95.90%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ4*01) [8.8.12] (1-119) -IGHG1*03 (120-449)], (222-215')-disulfide with kappa light chain (1'-215') [Homo sapiens V-KAPPA (IGKV3-11*01 (100.00%) -IGKJ2*01) [6.3.10] (1'-108') - IGKC*01 (109'-215')]; (228-228'':231-231'')-bisdisulfide dimer antineoplastic

flanvotumab immunoglobuline G1-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens TYRP1 (protéine 1 apparentée à la tyrosinase, oxydase de l'acide 5,6-dihydroxyindole- 2-carboxylique, DHICA-oxydase, TRP1, antigène gp75 du mélanome)], Homo sapiens anticorps monoclonal; chaîne lourde gamma1 (1-449) [Homo sapiens VH (IGHV7-4-1*02 (95.90%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ4*01) [8.8.12] (1-119) -IGHG1*03 (120-449)], (222-215')-disulfure avec la chaîne légère kappa (1'-215') [Homo sapiens V-KAPPA (IGKV3-11*01 (100.00%) -IGKJ2*01) [6.3.10] (1'- 108') -IGKC*01 (109'-215')]; dimère (228-228'':231-231'')-bisdisulfure antinéoplasique

flanvotumab inmunoglobulina G1-kappa, anti-[TYRP1 de Homo sapiens (proteina 1 relacionada con la tirosinasa), oxidasa del ácido 5,6-dihidroxiindol- 2-carboxílico, DHICA-oxidasa, TRP1, antígeno gp75 de melanoma]], anticuerpo monoclonal de Homo sapiens; cadena pesada gamma1 (1-449) [Homo sapiens VH (IGHV7-4-1*02 (95.90%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ4*01) [8.8.12] (1-119) -IGHG1*03 (120-449)], (222-215')-disulfuro con la cadena ligera kappa (1'-215') [Homo sapiens V-KAPPA (IGKV3-11*01 (100.00%) -IGKJ2*01) [6.3.10] (1'- 108') -IGKC*01 (109'-215')]; dímero (228-228'':231-231'')-bisdisulfuro antineoplásico

1188277-05-5

Heavy chain / Chaîne lourde / Cadena pesada QVQLVQSGSE LKKPGASVKI SCKASGYTFT SYAMNWVRQA PGQGLESMGW 50 INTNTGNPTY AQGFTGRFVF SMDTSVSTAY LQISSLKAED TAIYYCAPRY 100 SSSWYLDYWG QGTLVTVSSA STKGPSVFPL APSSKSTSGG TAALGCLVKD 150 YFPEPVTVSW NSGALTSGVH TFPAVLQSSG LYSLSSVVTV PSSSLGTQTY 200 ICNVNHKPSN TKVDKRVEPK SCDKTHTCPP CPAPELLGGP SVFLFPPKPK 250 DTLMISRTPE VTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWY VDGVEVHNAK TKPREEQYNS 300 TYRVVSVLTV LHQDWLNGKE YKCKVSNKAL PAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQV 350 YTLPPSREEM TKNQVSLTCL VKGFYPSDIA VEWESNGQPE NNYKTTPPVL 400 DSDGSFFLYS KLTVDKSRWQ QGNVFSCSVM HEALHNHYTQ KSLSLSPGK 449 Light chain / Chaîne légère / Cadena ligera EIVLTQSPAT LSLSPGERAT LSCRASQSVS SYLAWYQQKP GQAPRLLIYD 50 ASNRATGIPA RFSGSGSGTD FTLTISSLEP EDFAVYYCQQ RSNWLMYTFG 100 QGTKLEIKRT VAAPSVFIFP PSDEQLKSGT ASVVCLLNNF YPREAKVQWK 150 VDNALQSGNS QESVTEQDSK DSTYSLSSTL TLSKADYEKH KVYACEVTHQ 200 GLSSPVTKSF NRGEC 215 Disulfide bridges location / Position des ponts disulfure / Posiciones de los puentes disulfuro Intra-H 22-96 146-202 263-323 369-427 22''-96'' 146''-202'' 263''-323'' 369''-427'' Intra-L 23'-88' 135'-195' 23'''-88''' 135'''-195''' Inter-H-L 222-215' 222''-215''' Inter-H-H 228-228'' 231-231''

N-glycosylation sites / Sites de N-glycosylation / Posiciones de N-glicosilación 299, 299''

421 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

follitropinum gamma # follitropin gamma heterodimer of human glycoprotein hormones alpha chain and follitropin subunit beta (FSH-beta), follicle stimulating hormone, glycoform gamma follicle stimulating hormone

follitropine gamma hétérodimère constitué de la chaîne alpha des hormones glycoprotéiques et de la sous-unité bêta de la follitropine (FSH-bêta) humaines, hormone folliculostimulante, forme glycosylée gamma hormone folliculostimulante

folitropina gamma heterodímero formado por la cadena alfa de las hormonas glicoprotéicas y la subunidad beta de la folitropina (FSH-beta) humanas, hormona estimulante del folículo, forma glicosilada gamma hormona estimulante del folículo

C975H1493N267O305S26 (peptide) 1219693-73-8

Alpha subunit / Sous-unité alpha / Subunidad alfa APDVQDCPEC TLQENPFFSQ PGAPILQCMG CCFSRAYPTP LRSKKTMLVQ 50 KNVTSESTCC VAKSYNRVTV MGGFKVENHT ACHCSTCYYH KS 92 Beta subunit / Sous-unité bêta / Subunidad beta NSCELTNITI AIEKEECRFC ISINTTWCAG YCYTRDLVYK DPARPKIQKT 50' CTFKELVYET VRVPGCAHHA DSLYTYPVAT QCHCGKCDSD STDCTVRGLG 100' PSYCSFGEMK E 111' Disulfide bridges location / Position des ponts disulfure / Posiciones de los puentes disulfuro 7-31 10-60 28-82 32-84 59-87 3'-51' 17'-66' 20'-104' 28'-82' 32'-84' 87'-94'

Glycosylation sites (N) / Sites de glycosylation (N) / Posiciones de glicosilación (N) Asn-7' Asn-24' Asn-52 Asn-78

R6→6- R→6− α-Man→6- R3→3-β-Gal→4-β-Gl-N→2- β-Gl-N→N β-Man→4-β-Gl-N→4− R4→4- α-Man→3- R3→3-β-Gal→4-β-Gl-N→2- R = α-Fuc or H, R3 = α-Sia or H, R4 and R6 = R3→3-β-Gal→4-β-Gl-N or H

gemcitabini elaidas gemcitabine elaidate 2'-deoxy-2',2'-difluorocytidine 5'-(9E)-octadec-9-enoate antineoplastic

élaïdate de gemcitabine 5'-(9E)-octadéc-9-énoate de 2'-déoxy-2',2'-difluorocytidine antinéoplasique

elaidato de gemcitabina 5'-(9E)-octadec-9-enoato de 2'-desoxi-2',2'-difluorocitidina antineoplásico

C27H43F2N3O5 210829-30-4

NH2

O O N O O F

CH3 OH F

422 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

glyceroli phenylbutyras glycerol phenylbutyrate propane-1,2,3-triyl tris(4-phenylbutanoate) urea cycle disorders

phénylbutyrate de glycérol tris(4-phénylbutanoate) de propane-1,2,3-triyle désordres du cycle de l'urée

fenilbutirato de glicerol tris(4-fenilbutanoato) de propano-1,2,3-triilo alteraciones del ciclo de la urea

C33H38O6 611168-24-2

O O O

O O

idursulfasum beta # idursulfase beta iduronate 2-sulfatase (α-L-iduronate sulfate sulfatase), human proenzyme produced in CHO cells (glycoform beta) enzyme

idursulfase bêta iduronate 2-sulfatase (α-L-iduronate sulfate sulfatase), proenzyme humaine produite par des cellules CHO (glycoforme bêta) enzyme

idursulfasa beta iduronato 2-sulfatasa (α-L-iduronato sulfato sulfatasa), proenzima humana producida por células CHO (forma glicosilada beta) enzima

C2689H4051N699O793S13 1271734-34-9

SETQANSTTD ALNVLLIIVD DLRPSLGCYG DKLVRSPNID QLASHSLLFQ 50 NAFAQQAVCA PSRVSFLTGR RPDTTRLYDF NSYWRVHAGN FSTIPQYFKE 100 NGYVTMSVGK VFHPGISSNH TDDSPYSWSF PPYHPSSEKY ENTKTCRGPD 150 GELHANLLCP VDVLDVPEGT LPDKQSTEQA IQLLEKMKTS ASPFFLAVGY 200 HKPHIPFRYP KEFQKLYPLE NITLAPDPEV PDGLPPVAYN PWMDIRQRED 250 VQALNISVPY GPIPVDFQRK IRQSYFASVS YLDTQVGRLL SALDDLQLAN 300 STIIAFTSDH GWALGEHGEW AKYSNFDVAT HVPLIFYVPG RTASLPEAGE 350 KLFPYLDPFD SASQLMEPGR QSMDLVELVS LFPTLAGLAG LQVPPRCPVP 400 SFHVELCREG KNLLKHFRFR DLEEDPYLPG NPRELIAYSQ YPRPSDIPQW 450 NSDKPSLKDI KIMGYSIRTI DYRYTVWVGF NPDEFLANFS DIHAGELYFV 500 DSDPLQDHNM YNDSQGGDLF QLLMP 525

Disulfide bridges location / Position des ponts disulfure / Posiciones de los puentes disulfuro 146-159 397-407

Modified residue / Résidu modifié / Residuo modificado

C H NH2 59 O 3-oxoAla CO2H

Glycosylation sites (N) / Sites de glycosylation (N) / Posiciones de glicosilación (N) Asn-6 Asn-90 Asn-119 Asn-221 Asn-255 Asn-300 Asn-488 Asn-512

423 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

inclacumabum # inclacumab immunoglobulin G4-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens SELP (selectin P, CD62)], Homo sapiens monoclonal antibody; gamma4 heavy chain (1-451) [Homo sapiens VH (IGHV3-13*01 (94.80%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ5*02) [8.7.18] (1-124) -IGHG4*01 hinge S10>P (232), CH2 L1.2>E (239) (125-451)], (138-214')-disulfide with kappa light chain (1'-214') [Homo sapiens V-KAPPA (IGKV3-11*01 (100.00%) -IGKJ4*02) [6.3.9] (1'-107') -IGKC*01 (108'-214')]; (230- 230'':233-233'')-bisdisulfide dimer antithrombotic

inclacumab immunoglobuline G4-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens SELP (sélectine P, CD62)], Homo sapiens anticorps monoclonal; chaîne lourde gamma4 (1-451) [Homo sapiens VH (IGHV3-13*01 (94.80%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ5*02) [8.7.18] (1-124) -IGHG4*01 charnière S10>P (232), CH2 L1.2>E (239) (125-451)], (138-214')-disulfure avec la chaîne légère kappa (1'-214') [Homo sapiens V-KAPPA (IGKV3-11*01 (100.00%) -IGKJ4*02) [6.3.9] (1'-107') -IGKC*01 (108'-214')]; dimère (230-230'':233-233'')-bisdisulfure antithrombotique

inclacumab inmunoglobulina G4-kappa, anti-[SELP de Homo sapiens (selectina P, CD62)], anticuerpo monoclonal de Homo sapiens ; cadena pesada gamma4 (1-451) [Homo sapiens VH (IGHV3-13*01 (94.80%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ5*02) [8.7.18] (1-124) -IGHG4*01 bisagra S10>P (232), CH2 L1.2>E (239) (125-451)], (138-214')-disulfuro con la cadena ligera kappa (1'-214') [Homo sapiens V-KAPPA (IGKV3- 11*01 (100.00%) -IGKJ4*02) [6.3.9] (1'-107') -IGKC*01 (108'-214')]; dímero (230-230'':233-233'')-bisdisulfuro antitrombótico

1256258-86-2

Heavy chain / Chaîne lourde / Cadena pesada EVQLVESGGG LVRPGGSLRL SCAASGFTFS NYDMHWVRQA TGKGLEWVSA 50 ITAAGDIYYP GSVKGRFTIS RENAKNSLYL QMNSLRAGDT AVYYCARGRY 100 SGSGSYYNDW FDPWGQGTLV TVSSASTKGP SVFPLAPCSR STSESTAALG 150 CLVKDYFPEP VTVSWNSGAL TSGVHTFPAV LQSSGLYSLS SVVTVPSSSL 200 GTKTYTCNVD HKPSNTKVDK RVESKYGPPC PPCPAPEFEG GPSVFLFPPK 250 PKDTLMISRT PEVTCVVVDV SQEDPEVQFN WYVDGVEVHN AKTKPREEQF 300 NSTYRVVSVL TVLHQDWLNG KEYKCKVSNK GLPSSIEKTI SKAKGQPREP 350 QVYTLPPSQE EMTKNQVSLT CLVKGFYPSD IAVEWESNGQ PENNYKTTPP 400 VLDSDGSFFL YSRLTVDKSR WQEGNVFSCS VMHEALHNHY TQKSLSLSLG 450 K 451 Light chain / Chaîne légère / Cadena ligera EIVLTQSPAT LSLSPGERAT LSCRASQSVS SYLAWYQQKP GQAPRLLIYD 50 ASNRATGIPA RFSGSGSGTD FTLTISSLEP EDFAVYYCQQ RSNWPLTFGG 100 GTKVEIKRTV AAPSVFIFPP SDEQLKSGTA SVVCLLNNFY PREAKVQWKV 150 DNALQSGNSQ ESVTEQDSKD STYSLSSTLT LSKADYEKHK VYACEVTHQG 200 LSSPVTKSFN RGEC 214 Disulfide bridges location / Position des ponts disulfure / Posiciones de los puentes disulfuro Intra-H 22-95 151-207 265-325 371-429 22''-95'' 151''-207'' 265''-325'' 371''-429'' Intra-L 23'-88' 134'-194' 23'''-88''' 134'''-194''' Inter-H-L 138-214' 138''-214''' Inter-H-H 230-230'' 233-233''

N-glycosylation sites / Sites de N-glycosylation / Posiciones de N-glicosilación 301, 301''

424 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

lucerastatum lucerastat (2R,3S,4R,5S)-1-butyl-2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-3,4,5-triol ceramide glucosyltransferase inhibitor

lucérastat (2R,3S,4R,5S)-1-butyl-2-(hydroxyméthyl)pipéridine-3,4,5-triol inhibiteur de la glycosylcéramide transférase

lucerastat (2R,3S,4R,5S)-1-butil-2-(hidroximetil)piperidina-3,4,5-triol inhibidor de la glicosilceramida transferasa

C10H21NO4 141206-42-0

OH H HO H N CH3 HO H H OH

naltalimidum naltalimide 2-[17-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4,5α-epoxy-3,14-dihydroxymorphinan- 6β-yl]isoindole-1,3-dione µ-opioid receptor partial agonist

naltalimide 2-[-17-(cyclopropylméthyl)-4,5α-époxy-3,14-dihydroxymorphinan- 6β-yl]-2H-isoindole-1,3-dione agoniste partiel des récepteurs opioïdes µ

naltalimida 2-[17-(ciclopropilmetil)-4,5α-epoxi-3,14-dihidroximorfinan- 6β-il]isoindol-1,3-diona agonista parcial de los receptores µ de opiáceos

C28H28N2O5 160359-68-2

H N

HO O

O N HO H H

niraparibum niraparib 2-{4-[(3S)-piperidin-3-yl]phenyl}-2H-indazole-7-carboxamide antineoplastic

niraparib 2-{4-[(3S)-pipéridin-3-yl]phényl}-2H-indazole-7-carboxamide antinéoplasique

niraparib 2-{4-[(3S)-piperidin-3-il]fenil}-2H-indazol-7-carboxamida antineoplásico

425 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

C19H20N4O 1038915-60-4

H N

N H N

O NH2

ondelopranum ondelopran 6-[2-fluoro-4-({[2-(oxan-4-yl)ethyl]amino}methyl)phenoxy]pyridine- 3-carboxamide opioid receptor antagonist

ondélopran 6-[2-fluoro-4-({[2-(oxan-4-yl)éthyl]amino}méthyl)phénoxy]pyridine- 3-carboxamide antagoniste des récepteurs opioïdes

ondeloprán 6-[2-fluoro-4-({[2-(oxan-4-il)etil]amino}metil)fenoxi]piridina- 3-carboxamida antagonista de los receptores de opiáceos

C20H24FN3O3 676501-25-0

O O

N N NH2 H O F

patiromerum calcium patiromer calcium cross-linked polymer of calcium 2-fluoroprop-2-enoate with diethenylbenzene and octa-1,7-diene potassium binder

patiromère calcique polymère réticulé de 2-fluoroprop-2-énoate de calcium avec du diéthénylbenzène et de l'octa-1,7-diène ligand du potassium

patirómero cálcico polímero reticulado de 2-fluoroprop-2-enoato de calcio con dietenilbenceno y octa-1,7-dieno quelante de potasio

[[(C3H2FO2)2 Ca]9 [C8H14] [C10H10]]n 1208912-84-8

H2CCO2 CH2

F H2C x y

CH x/2 Ca2+ 2 H2C z

426 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

patritumabum # patritumab immunoglobulin G1-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens ERBB3 (receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-3, HER3)], Homo sapiens monoclonal antibody; gamma1 heavy chain (1-447) [Homo sapiens VH (IGHV4-34*01 (99.00%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ2*01) [8.7.11] (1-117) -IGHG1*03 (118-447)], (220-220')-disulfide with kappa light chain (1'-220') [Homo sapiens V-KAPPA (IGKV4-1*01 (95.00%) -IGKJ1*01) [12.3.9] (1'-113') - IGKC*01 (114'-220')]; (226-226'':229-229'')-bisdisulfide dimer immunomodulator, antineoplastic

patritumab immunoglobuline G1-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens ERBB3 (récepteur tyrosine-protéine kinase erbB3, HER3)], Homo sapiens anticorps monoclonal; chaîne lourde gamma1 (1-447) [Homo sapiens VH (IGHV4-34*01 (99.00%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ2*01) [8.7.11] (1-117) -IGHG1*03 (118-447)], (220-220')-disulfure avec la chaîne légère kappa (1'-220') [Homo sapiens V-KAPPA (IGKV4-1*01 (95.00%) -IGKJ1*01) [12.3.9] (1'- 113') -IGKC*01 (114'-220')]; dimère (226-226'':229-229'')-bisdisulfure immunomodulateur, antinéoplasique

patritumab inmunoglobulina G1-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens ERBB3 (receptor de tirosina-proteina kinasa erbB3, HER3)], anticuerpo monoclonal de Homo sapiens; cadena pesada gamma1 (1-447) [Homo sapiens VH (IGHV4-34*01 (99.00%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ2*01) [8.7.11] (1-117) -IGHG1*03 (118-447)], (220-220')-disulfuro con la cadena ligera kappa (1'-220') [Homo sapiens V-KAPPA (IGKV4-1*01 (95.00%) -IGKJ1*01) [12.3.9] (1'- 113') -IGKC*01 (114'-220')]; dímero (226-226'':229-229'')-bisdisulfuro inmunomodulador, antineoplásico

1262787-83-6

Heavy chain / Chaîne lourde / Cadena pesada QVQLQQWGAG LLKPSETLSL TCAVYGGSFS GYYWSWIRQP PGKGLEWIGE 50 INHSGSTNYN PSLKSRVTIS VETSKNQFSL KLSSVTAADT AVYYCARDKW 100 TWYFDLWGRG TLVTVSSAST KGPSVFPLAP SSKSTSGGTA ALGCLVKDYF 150 PEPVTVSWNS GALTSGVHTF PAVLQSSGLY SLSSVVTVPS SSLGTQTYIC 200 NVNHKPSNTK VDKRVEPKSC DKTHTCPPCP APELLGGPSV FLFPPKPKDT 250 LMISRTPEVT CVVVDVSHED PEVKFNWYVD GVEVHNAKTK PREEQYNSTY 300 RVVSVLTVLH QDWLNGKEYK CKVSNKALPA PIEKTISKAK GQPREPQVYT 350 LPPSREEMTK NQVSLTCLVK GFYPSDIAVE WESNGQPENN YKTTPPVLDS 400 DGSFFLYSKL TVDKSRWQQG NVFSCSVMHE ALHNHYTQKS LSLSPGK 447 Light chain / Chaîne légère / Cadena ligera DIEMTQSPDS LAVSLGERAT INCRSSQSVL YSSSNRNYLA WYQQNPGQPP 50 KLLIYWASTR ESGVPDRFSG SGSGTDFTLT ISSLQAEDVA VYYCQQYYST 100 PRTFGQGTKV EIKRTVAAPS VFIFPPSDEQ LKSGTASVVC LLNNFYPREA 150 KVQWKVDNAL QSGNSQESVT EQDSKDSTYS LSSTLTLSKA DYEKHKVYAC 200 EVTHQGLSSP VTKSFNRGEC 220 Disulfide bridges location / Position des ponts disulfure / Posiciones de los puentes disulfuro Intra-H 22-95 144-200 261-321 367-425 22''-95'' 144''-200'' 261''-321'' 367''-425'' Intra-L 23'-94' 140'-200' 23'''-94''' 140'''-200''' Inter-H-L 220-220' 220''-220''' Inter-H-H 226-226'' 229-229''

N-glycosylation sites / Sites de N-glycosylation / Posiciones de N-glicosilación 297, 297''

427 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

plazomicinum plazomicin (2S)-4-amino-N-[(1R,2S,3S,4R,5S)-5-amino-4-{[(2S,3R)-3-amino- 6-{[(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]methyl}-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-yl]oxy}- 2-{[3-deoxy-4-C-methyl-3-(methylamino)-β-L-arabinopyranosyl]oxy}- 3-hydroxycyclohexyl]-2-hydroxybutanamide antibiotic

plazomicine (2S)-4-amino-N-[(1R,2S,3S,4R,5S)-5-amino-4-{[(2S,3R)-3-amino- 6-{[(2-hydroxyéthyl)amino]méthyl}-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-yl]oxy}- 2-{[3-déoxy-4-C-méthyl-3-(méthylamino)-β-L-arabinopyranosyl]oxy}- 3-hydroxycyclohexyl]-2-hydroxybutanamide antibiotique

plazomicina (2S)-4-amino-N-[(1R,2S,3S,4R,5S)-5-amino-4-{[(2S,3R)-3-amino- 6-{[(2-hidroxietil)amino]metil}-3,4-dihidro-2H-piran-2-il]oxi}- 2-{[3-desoxi-4-C-metil-3-(metilamino)-β-L-arabinopiranosil]oxi}- 3-hidroxiciclohexil]-2-hidroxibutanamida antibiótico

C25H48N6O10 1154757-24-0

HO O CH3 O HO HN NH2 H3C O HN HN OH HOH O HO

NH2 O NH2

pradigastatum pradigastat {(1r,4r)-4-[4-(5-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]amino}pyridin-2-yl) phenyl]cyclohexyl}acetic acid antihyperlipidaemic

pradigastat acide {trans-4-[4-(5-{[6-(trifluorométhyl)pyridin-3-yl]amino}pyridin- 2-yl)phényl]cyclohexyl}acétique antihyperlipidémiant

pradigastat ácido {(1r,4r)-4-[4-(5-{[6-(trifluorometil)piridin-3-il]amino}piridin-2-il) fenil]ciclohexil}acético antihiperlipémico

C25H24F3N3O2 956136-95-1

CO2H

F3C N N

N H

428 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

pritelivirum pritelivir N-methyl-N-(4-methyl-5-sulfamoyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(pyridin- 2-yl)phenyl]acetamide antiviral

pritélivir N-méthyl-N-(4-méthyl-5-sulfamoyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-2-[4-(pyridin- 2-yl)phényl]acétamide antiviral

pritelivir N-metil-N-(4-metil-5-sulfamoil-1,3-tiazol-2-il)-2-[4-(pyridin- 2-il)fenil]acetamida antiviral

C18H18N4O3S2 348086-71-5

N CH3

O N NH2 S S O N O CH3

quilizumabum # quilizumab immunoglobulin G1-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens IGHE connecting region (CO) M1 prime (in alternatively spliced heavy chain of membrane IgE on B cells)], humanized monoclonal antibody; gamma1 heavy chain (1-447) [humanized VH (Homo sapiens IGHV3-48*01 (85.70%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ3*01 M123>L (112) [8.8.10] (1- 117) -Homo sapiens IGHG1*03 CH1 R120>K (214) (118-447)], (220- 219')-disulfide with kappa light chain (1'-219') [humanized V-KAPPA (Homo sapiens IGKV1-39*01 (80.00%) -IGKJ1*01) [11.3.9] (1'-112') -Homo sapiens IGKC*01 (113'-219')]; (226-226":229-229")- bisdisulfide dimer immunomodulator

quilizumab immunoglobuline G1-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens IGHE région de connexion (CO) M1 prime (dans la chaîne lourde des IgE membranaires à la surface des lymphocytes B, épissée de manière alternative)], anticorps monoclonal humanisé; chaîne lourde gamma1 (1-447) [VH humanisé (Homo sapiens IGHV3-48*01 (85.70%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ3*01 M123>L (112) [8.8.10] (1- 117) -Homo sapiens IGHG1*03 CH1 R120>K (214) (118-447)], (220- 219')-disulfure avec la chaîne légère kappa (1'-219') [V-KAPPA humanisé (Homo sapiens IGKV1-39*01 (80.00%) -IGKJ1*01) [11.3.9] (1'-112') -Homo sapiens IGKC*01 (113'-219')]; dimère (226- 226":229-229")-bisdisulfure immunomodulateur

quilizumab inmunoglobulina G1-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens IGHE región de conexión (CO) M1 prime (en la cadena pesada de las IgE de membrana de la superficie de los linfocitos B, ensamblada de modo alternativo)], anticuerpo monoclonal humanizado; cadena pesada gamma1 (1-447) [VH humanizado (Homo sapiens IGHV3-48*01 (85.70%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ3*01 M123>L (112) [8.8.10] (1- 117) -Homo sapiens IGHG1*03 CH1 R120>K (214) (118-447)], (220- 219')-disulfuro con la cadena ligera kappa (1'-219') [V-KAPPA humanizado (Homo sapiens IGKV1-39*01 (80.00%) -IGKJ1*01) [11.3.9] (1'-112') -Homo sapiens IGKC*01 (113'-219')]; dímero (226- 226":229-229")-bisdisulfuro inmunomodulador

429 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

1228538-47-3

Heavy chain / Chaîne lourde / Cadena pesada EVQLVESGGG LVQPGGSLRL SCAASGFTFS DYGIAWVRQA PGKGLEWVAF 50 ISDLAYTIYY ADTVTGRFTI SRDNSKNTLY LQMNSLRAED TAVYYCARDN 100 WDAMDYWGQG TLVTVSSAST KGPSVFPLAP SSKSTSGGTA ALGCLVKDYF 150 PEPVTVSWNS GALTSGVHTF PAVLQSSGLY SLSSVVTVPS SSLGTQTYIC 200 NVNHKPSNTK VDKKVEPKSC DKTHTCPPCP APELLGGPSV FLFPPKPKDT 250 LMISRTPEVT CVVVDVSHED PEVKFNWYVD GVEVHNAKTK PREEQYNSTY 300 RVVSVLTVLH QDWLNGKEYK CKVSNKALPA PIEKTISKAK GQPREPQVYT 350 LPPSREEMTK NQVSLTCLVK GFYPSDIAVE WESNGQPENN YKTTPPVLDS 400 DGSFFLYSKL TVDKSRWQQG NVFSCSVMHE ALHNHYTQKS LSLSPGK 447 Light chain / Chaîne légère / Cadena ligera DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT ITCRSSQSLV HNNANTYLHW YQQKPGKAPK 50 LLIYKVSNRF SGVPSRFSGS GSGTDFTLTI SSLQPEDFAT YYCSQNTLVP 100 WTFGQGTKVE IKRTVAAPSV FIFPPSDEQL KSGTASVVCL LNNFYPREAK 150 VQWKVDNALQ SGNSQESVTE QDSKDSTYSL SSTLTLSKAD YEKHKVYACE 200 VTHQGLSSPV TKSFNRGEC 219 Disulfide bridges location / Position des ponts disulfure / Posiciones de los puentes disulfuro Intra-H 22-96 144-200 261-321 367-425 22''-96'' 144''-200'' 261''-321'' 367''-425'' Intra-L 23'-93' 139'-199' 23'''-93''' 139'''-199''' Inter-H-L 220-219' 220''-219''' Inter-H-H 226-226'' 229-229''

N-glycosylation sites / Sites de N-glycosylation / Posiciones de N-glicosilación 297, 297'' (non-fucosylated oligosaccharides)

radavirsenum radavirsen all-P-ambo-P,2',3'-trideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-5'-O-{P-[4-(10- hydroxy-2,5,8-trioxadecanoyl)piperazin-1-yl]-N,N- dimethylphosphonamidoyl}-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-trideoxy-P- (dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secocytidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'- trideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoguanyly-(2'a→5')- P,2',3'-trideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoguanyly- (2'a→5')-P,3'-dideoxy-P-(piperazin-1-yl)-2',3'-imino-2',3'- secothymidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,3'-dideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino- 2',3'-secothymidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-trideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'- imino-2',3'-secoadenylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-trideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)- 2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoguanyly-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-trideoxy-P- (dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoadenylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'- trideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoadenylyl-(2'a→5')- P,2',3'-trideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoguanyly- (2'a→5')-P,2',3'-trideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'- secoadenylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-trideoxy-P-(piperazin-1-yl)-2',3'-imino- 2',3'-secocytidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,3'-dideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'- imino-2',3'-secothymidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-trideoxy-P- (dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secocytidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'- trideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoadenylyl-(2'a→5')- P,3'-dideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secothymidylyl- (2'a→5')-P,2',3'-trideoxy-P-(piperazin-1-yl)-2',3'-imino-2',3'- secocytidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,3'-dideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino- 2',3'-secothymidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,3'-dideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'- imino-2',3'-secothymidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,3'-dideoxy-P-(dimethylamino)- 2',3'-imino-2',3'-secothymidine antiviral

430 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

radavirsen tout-P-ambo-P,2',3'-tridéoxy-P-(diméthylamino)-5'-O-{P-[4-(10- hydroxy-2,5,8-trioxadécanoyl)pipérazin-1-yl]-N,N- diméthylphosphonamidoyl}-2',3'-imino-2',3'-sécocytidylyl-(2'a→5')- P,2',3'-tridéoxy-P-(diméthylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-sécoguanylyl- (2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridéoxy-P-(diméthylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'- sécoguanylyl-(2'a→5')-P,3'-didéoxy-2',3'-imino-P-(pipérazin-1-yl)- 2',3'-sécothymidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,3'-didéoxy-P-(diméthylamino)-2',3'- imino-2',3'-sécothymidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridéoxy-P- (diméthylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-sécoadénylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'- tridéoxy-P-(diméthylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-sécoguanylyl-(2'a→5')- P,2',3'-tridéoxy-P-(diméthylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-sécoadénylyl- (2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridéoxy-P-(diméthylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'- sécoadenylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridéoxy-P-(diméthylamino)-2',3'-imino- 2',3'-sécoguanylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridéoxy-P-(diméthylamino)-2',3'- imino-2',3'-sécoadénylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridéoxy-2',3'-imino-P- (pipérazin-1-yl)-2',3'-sécocytidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,3'-didéoxy-P- (diméthylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-sécothymidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'- tridéoxy-P-(diméthylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-sécocytidylyl-(2'a→5')- P,2',3'-tridéoxy-P-(diméthylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-sécoadénylyl- (2'a→5')-P,3'-didéoxy-P-(dimethylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'- sécothymidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridéoxy-2',3'-imino-P-(pipérazin- 1-yl)-2',3'-sécocytidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,3'-didéoxy-P-(diméthylamino)- 2',3'-imino-2',3'-sécothymidylyl-(2'a→5')-P,3'-didéoxy-P- (diméthylamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-sécothymidylyl-(2'a→5')-3'-déoxy- 2',3'-imino-2',3'-sécothymidine antiviral

radavirsén todo-P-ambo-P,2',3'-tridesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)-5'-O-{P-[4-(10- hidroxi-2,5,8-trioxadecanoil)piperazin-1-yl]-N,N-dimetilfosfonamidoil}- (2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'- secocitidilil-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)-2',3'-imino- 2',3'-secoguanilil-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)-2',3'- imino-2',3'-secoguanilil-(2'a→5')-P,3'-didesoxi-P-(piperazin-1-il)-2',3'- imino-2',3'-secotimidilil-(2'a→5')-P,3'-didesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)-2',3'- imino-2',3'-secotimidilil-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)- 2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoadenilil-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridesoxi-P- (dimetilamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoguanilil-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridesoxi- P-(dimetilamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoadenilil-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'- tridesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoadenilil-(2'a→5')- P,2',3'-tridesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoguanilil- (2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'- secoadenilil-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridesoxi-P-(piperazin-1-il)-2',3'-imino- 2',3'-secocitidilil-(2'a→5')-P,3'-didesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)-2',3'-imino- 2',3'-secotimidilil-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)-2',3'- imino-2',3'-secocitidilil-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)- 2',3'-imino-2',3'-secoadenilil-(2'a→5')-P,3'-didesoxi-P-(dimetilamino)- 2',3'-imino-2',3'-secotimidilil-(2'a→5')-P,2',3'-tridesoxi-P-(piperazin-1- il)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secocitidilil-(2'a→5')-P,3'-didesoxi-P- (dimetilamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secotimidilil-(2'a→5')-P,3'-didesoxi-P- (dimetilamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secotimidilil-(2'a→5')-P,3'-didesoxi-P- (dimetilamino)-2',3'-imino-2',3'-secotimidina antiviral

431 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

C253H398N116O87P20 1228284-45-4

O B(n) B(20)

O N O 1' O 2'a HO N O N O NH 3 P P 5' H C NO O 3 R(n) 19 n = 1 - 19 CH3 B(1-20) : C-G-G-T-T-A-G-A-A-G-A-C-T-C-A-T-C-T-T-T

R(1-3) = R(5-11) = R(13-16) = R(18) = R(19) = -N(CH3)2

R(4) = R(12) = R(17) = HN N

rafigrelidum rafigrelide 6,7-dichloro-3,3-dimethyl-5,10-dihydroimidazo[2,1-b]quinazolin- 2(3H)-one platelet aggregation inhibitor

rafigrélide 6,7-dichloro-3,3-diméthyl-1,5-dihydroimidazo[2,1-b]quinazolin- 2(3H)-one antiagrégant plaquettaire

rafigrelida 6,7-dicloro-3,3-dimetil-5,10-dihidroimidazo[2,1-b]quinazolin- 2(3H)-ona inhibidor de la agregacion plaqueteria

C12H11Cl2N3O 1029711-88-3

H N N O N Cl CH H C 3 Cl 3

refametinibum refametinib N-{3,4-difluoro-2-[(2-fluoro-4-iodophenyl)amino]-6-methoxyphenyl}- 1-[(2S)-2,3-dihydroxypropyl]cyclopropane-1-sulfonamide antineoplastic

réfamétinib N-{3,4-difluoro-2-[(2-fluoro-4-iodophényl)amino]-6-méthoxyphényl}- 1-[(2S)-2,3-dihydroxypropyl]cyclopropane-1-sulfonamide antinéoplasique

refametinib N-{3,4-difluoro-2-[(2-fluoro-4-iodofenil)amino]-6-metoxifenil}- 1-[(2S)-2,3-dihidroxipropil]ciclopropano-1-sulfonamida antineoplásico

432 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

C19H20F3IN2O5S 923032-37-5

CH3 F O O O S F N OH H NH HOH

I F

rigosertibum rigosertib N-[2-methoxy-5-({[(1E)-2-(2,4,6- trimethoxyphenyl)ethenyl]sulfonyl}methyl)phenyl]glycine antineoplastic

rigosertib N-[2-méthoxy-5-({[(1E)-2-(2,4,6- triméthoxyphényl)éthényl]sulfonyl}méthyl)phényl]glycine antinéoplasique

rigosertib N-[2-metoxi-5-({[(1E)-2-(2,4,6- trimetoxifenil)etenil]sulfonil}metil)fenil]glicina antineoplásico

C21H25NO8S 592542-59-1

H3CO OCH3 H N CO2H S OO OCH3 OCH3

romosozumabum # romosozumab immunoglobulin G2-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens SOST (sclerostin)], humanized monoclonal antibody; gamma2 heavy chain (1-449) [humanized VH (Homo sapiens IGHV1-2*02 (87.80%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ2*01 R120>Q (115), L123>T (118) [8.8.16] (1-123) -Homo sapiens IGHG2*01 (124-449)], (137- 214')-disulfide with kappa light chain (1'-214') [humanized V-KAPPA (Homo sapiens IGKV1-33*01 (89.50%) -IGKJ4*02) [6.3.9] (1'-107') - Homo sapiens IGKC*01 (108'-214')]; (225-225":226-226":229- 229":232-232")-tetrakisdisulfide dimer immunomodulator

romosozumab immunoglobuline G2-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens SOST (sclérostine)], anticorps monoclonal humanisé; chaîne lourde gamma2 (1-449) [VH humanisé (Homo sapiens IGHV1-2*02 (87.80%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ2*01 R120>Q (115), L123>T (118) [8.8.16] (1-123) -Homo sapiens IGHG2*01 (124-449)], (137- 214')-disulfure avec la chaîne légère kappa (1'-214') [V-KAPPA humanisé (Homo sapiens IGKV1-33*01 (89.50%) -IGKJ4*02) [6.3.9] (1'-107') -Homo sapiens IGKC*01 (108'-214')]; dimère (225- 225":226-226":229-229":232-232")-tétrakisdisulfure immunomodulateur

433 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

romosozumab inmunoglobulina G2-kappa, anti-[SOST (esclerostina) de Homo sapiens], anticuerpo monoclonal humanizado; cadena pesada gamma2 (1-449) [VH humanizado (Homo sapiens IGHV1-2*02 (87.80%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ2*01 R120>Q (115), L123>T (118) [8.8.16] (1-123) -Homo sapiens IGHG2*01 (124-449)], (137- 214')-disulfuro con la cadena ligera kappa (1'-214') [V-KAPPA humanizado (Homo sapiens IGKV1-33*01 (89.50%) -IGKJ4*02) [6.3.9] (1'-107') -Homo sapiens IGKC*01 (108'-214')]; dímero (225- 225":226-226":229-229":232-232")-tetrakisdisulfuro inmunomodulador

909395-70-6

Heavy chain / Chaîne lourde / Cadena pesada EVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV SCKASGYTFT DYNMHWVRQA PGQGLEWMGE 50 INPNSGGAGY NQKFKGRVTM TTDTSTSTAY MELRSLRSDD TAVYYCARLG 100 YDDIYDDWYF DVWGQGTTVT VSSASTKGPS VFPLAPCSRS TSESTAALGC 150 LVKDYFPEPV TVSWNSGALT SGVHTFPAVL QSSGLYSLSS VVTVPSSNFG 200 TQTYTCNVDH KPSNTKVDKT VERKCCVECP PCPAPPVAGP SVFLFPPKPK 250 DTLMISRTPE VTCVVVDVSH EDPEVQFNWY VDGVEVHNAK TKPREEQFNS 300 TFRVVSVLTV VHQDWLNGKE YKCKVSNKGL PAPIEKTISK TKGQPREPQV 350 YTLPPSREEM TKNQVSLTCL VKGFYPSDIA VEWESNGQPE NNYKTTPPML 400 DSDGSFFLYS KLTVDKSRWQ QGNVFSCSVM HEALHNHYTQ KSLSLSPGK 449 Light chain / Chaîne légère / Cadena ligera DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT ITCRASQDIS NYLNWYQQKP GKAPKLLIYY 50 TSRLLSGVPS RFSGSGSGTD FTLTISSLQP EDFATYYCQQ GDTLPYTFGG 100 GTKVEIKRTV AAPSVFIFPP SDEQLKSGTA SVVCLLNNFY PREAKVQWKV 150 DNALQSGNSQ ESVTEQDSKD STYSLSSTLT LSKADYEKHK VYACEVTHQG 200 LSSPVTKSFN RGEC 214 Disulfide bridges location / Position des ponts disulfure / Posiciones de los puentes disulfuro Intra-H 22-96 150-206 263-323 369-427 22''-96'' 150''-206'' 263''-323'' 369''-427'' Intra-L 23'-88' 134'-194' 23'''-88''' 134'''-194''' Inter-H-L 137-214' 137''-214''' Inter-H-H 225-225'' 226-226'' 229-229'' 232-232''

N-glycosylation sites / Sites de N-glycosylation / Posiciones de N-glicosilación 299, 299''

samidorphanum samidorphan 17-(cyclopropylmethyl)-4,14-dihydroxy-6-oxomorphinan- 3-carboxamide opioid receptor agonist/antagonist

samidorphan 17-(cyclopropylméthyl)-4,14-dihydroxy-6-oxomorphinane- 3-carboxamide agoniste/antagoniste des récepteurs opioïdes

samidorfán 17-(ciclopropilmetil)-4,14-dihidroxi-6-oxomorfinan-3-carboxamida agonista/antagonista de los receptores de opiáceos

C21H26N2O4 852626-89-2

H N

H2N OH O O

434 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

sapitinibum sapitinib 2-[4-({4-[(3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)amino]-7-methoxyquinazolin- 6-yl}oxy)piperidin-1-yl]-N-methylacetamide antineoplastic

sapitinib 2-[4-({4-[(3-chloro-2-fluorophényl)amino]-7-méthoxyquinazolin- 6-yl}oxy)pipéridin-1-yl]-N-méthylacétamide antinéoplasique

sapitinib 2-[4-({4-[(3-cloro-2-fluorofenil)amino]-7-metoxiquinazolin- 6-il}oxi)piperidin-1-il]-N-metilacetamida antineoplásico

C23H25ClFN5O3 848942-61-0

CH3 H N O N H3C N O N O F HN Cl

sarilumabum # sarilumab immunoglobulin G1-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens IL6R (interleukin 6 receptor, IL-6R, CD126)], Homo sapiens monoclonal antibody; gamma1 heavy chain (1-446) [Homo sapiens VH (IGHV3-9*01 (94.90%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ3*02) [8.8.9] (1-116) -IGHG1*01 (117-446)], (219-214')-disulfide with kappa light chain (1'-214') [Homo sapiens V-KAPPA (IGKV1-12*01 (96.80%) -IGKJ2*01) [6.3.9] (1'-107') - IGKC*01 (108'-214')]; (225-225'':228-228'')-bisdisulfide dimer immunomodulator

sarilumab immunoglobuline G1-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens IL6R (récepteur de l'interleukine 6, IL-6R, CD126)], Homo sapiens anticorps monoclonal; chaîne lourde gamma1 (1-446) [Homo sapiens VH (IGHV3-9*01 (94.90%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ3*02) [8.8.9] (1-116) -IGHG1*01 (117-446)], (219-214')-disulfure avec la chaîne légère kappa (1'-214') [Homo sapiens V-KAPPA (IGKV1-12*01 (96.80%) -IGKJ2*01) [6.3.9] (1'- 107') -IGKC*01 (108'-214')]; dimère (225-225'':228-228'')-bisdisulfure immunomodulateur

sarilumab inmunoglobulina G1-kappa, anti-[Homo sapiens IL6R (receptor de la interleukina 6, IL-6R, CD126)], anticuerpo monoclonal de Homo sapiens; cadena pesada gamma1 (1-446) [Homo sapiens VH (IGHV3-9*01 (94.90%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ3*02) [8.8.9] (1-116) -IGHG1*01 (117-446)], (219-214')-disulfuro con la cadena ligera kappa (1'-214') [Homo sapiens V-KAPPA (IGKV1-12*01 (96.80%) -IGKJ2*01) [6.3.9] (1'- 107') -IGKC*01 (108'-214')]; dímero (225-225'':228-228'')-bisdisulfuro inmunomodulador

435 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

1189541-98-7

Heavy chain / Chaîne lourde / Cadena pesada EVQLVESGGG LVQPGRSLRL SCAASRFTFD DYAMHWVRQA PGKGLEWVSG 50 ISWNSGRIGY ADSVKGRFTI SRDNAENSLF LQMNGLRAED TALYYCAKGR 100 DSFDIWGQGT MVTVSSASTK GPSVFPLAPS SKSTSGGTAA LGCLVKDYFP 150 EPVTVSWNSG ALTSGVHTFP AVLQSSGLYS LSSVVTVPSS SLGTQTYICN 200 VNHKPSNTKV DKKVEPKSCD KTHTCPPCPA PELLGGPSVF LFPPKPKDTL 250 MISRTPEVTC VVVDVSHEDP EVKFNWYVDG VEVHNAKTKP REEQYNSTYR 300 VVSVLTVLHQ DWLNGKEYKC KVSNKALPAP IEKTISKAKG QPREPQVYTL 350 PPSRDELTKN QVSLTCLVKG FYPSDIAVEW ESNGQPENNY KTTPPVLDSD 400 GSFFLYSKLT VDKSRWQQGN VFSCSVMHEA LHNHYTQKSL SLSPGK 446 Light chain / Chaîne légère / Cadena ligera DIQMTQSPSS VSASVGDRVT ITCRASQGIS SWLAWYQQKP GKAPKLLIYG 50 ASSLESGVPS RFSGSGSGTD FTLTISSLQP EDFASYYCQQ ANSFPYTFGQ 100 GTKLEIKRTV AAPSVFIFPP SDEQLKSGTA SVVCLLNNFY PREAKVQWKV 150 DNALQSGNSQ ESVTEQDSKD STYSLSSTLT LSKADYEKHK VYACEVTHQG 200 LSSPVTKSFN RGEC 214 Disulfide bridges location / Position des ponts disulfure / Posiciones de los puentes disulfuro Intra-H 22-96 143-199 260-320 366-424 22''-96'' 143''-199'' 260''-320'' 366''-424'' Intra-L 23'-88' 134'-194' 23'''-88''' 134'''-194''' Inter-H-L 219-214' 219''-214''' Inter-H-H 225-225'' 228-228''

N-glycosylation sites / Sites de N-glycosylation / Posiciones de N-glicosilación 296, 296''

secretinum humanum # secretin human human peptide hormone secretin; L-histidyl-L-seryl-L-aspartylglycyl-L-threonyl-L-phenylalanyl- L-threonyl-L-seryl-L-glutamyl-L-leucyl-L-seryl-L-arginyl-L-leucyl- L-arginyl-L-glutamylglycyl-L-alanyl-L-arginyl-L-leucyl-L-glutaminyl- L-arginyl-L-leucyl-L-leucyl-L-glutaminylglycyl-L-leucyl-L-valinamide diagnostic agent

sécrétine humaine sécrétine humaine hormone peptidique; L-histidyl-L-séryl-L-aspartylglycyl-L-thréonyl-L-phénylalanyl- L-thréonyl-L-séryl-L-glutamyl-L-leucyl-L-séryl-L-arginyl-L-leucyl- L-arginyl-L-glutamylglycyl-L-alanyl-L-arginyl-L-leucyl-L-glutaminyl- L-arginyl-L-leucyl-L-leucyl-L-glutaminylglycyl-L-leucyl-L-valinamide produit à usage diagnostique

secretina humana secretina humana, hormona peptídica; L-histidil-L-seril-L-aspartilglicil-L-treonil-L-fenilalanil-L-treonil-L-seril- L-glutamil-L-leucil-L-seril-L-arginil-L-leucil-L-arginil-L-glutamilglicil- L-alanil-L-arginil-L-leucil-L-glutaminil-L-arginil-L-leucil-L-leucil- L-glutaminilglicil-L-leucil-L-valinamida agente de diagnóstico

C130H220N44O40 108153-74-8

HSDGTFTSEL SRLREGARLQ RLLQGLV 27 Modified residue / Résidu modifié / Residuo modificado

H NH2 V H C NH 27 3 2 valinamide CH3 O

436 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

selisistatum selisistat rac-6-chloro-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-carbazole-1-carboxamide treatment of Huntington's disease

sélisistat rac-6-chloro-2,3,4,9-tétrahydro-1H-carbazole-1-carboxamide traitement de la maladie de Huntington

selisistat rac-6-cloro-2,3,4,9-tetrahidro-1H-carbazol-1-carboxamida tratamiento de la enfermedad de Huntington

C13H13ClN2O 49843-98-3

H O H N and enantiomer NH2 et énantiomère y enantiómero Cl

setrobuvirum setrobuvir N-(3-{(4aR,5S,8R,8aS)-1-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1,2,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-octahydro-5,8-methanoquinolin-3-yl}-1,1-dioxo- 1,4-dihydro-1λ6,2,4-benzothiadiazin-7-yl)methanesulfonamide antiviral

sétrobuvir N-(3-{(4aR,5S,8R,8aS)-1-[(4-fluorophényl)méthyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo- 1,2,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-octahydro-5,8-méthanoquinoléin-3-yl}-1,1-dioxo- 1,4-dihydro-1λ6,2,4-benzothiadiazin-7-yl)méthanesulfonamide antiviral

setrobuvir N-(3-{(4aR,5S,8R,8aS)-1-[(4-fluorofenil)metil]-4-hidroxi-2-oxo- 1,2,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-octahidro-5,8-metanoquinolin-3-il}-1,1-dioxo- 1,4-dihidro-1λ6,2,4-benzotiadiazin-7-il)metanosulfonamida antiviral

C25H25FN4O6S2 1071517-39-9

H H N O H N O O H H OH N S S N CH3 H OO

sevuparinum natricum sevuparin sodium sodium salt of a low molecular mass heparin obtained by depolymerization through periodate oxidation of heparin from porcine intestinal mucosa, followed by reduction and mild acid hydrolysis of the product; the majority of the components have a 2-amino- 2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose derivative structure at both ends of their chain, the one at the reducing end can be substituted with threonic acid or erythronic acid; the relative average molecular mass range is approximately 7,500 daltons with about 90% ranging between 2,000 and 15,000 daltons; the degree of sulfation is 2 to 2.5 per disaccharidic unit anticoagulant

437 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

sévuparine sodique sel sodique d’une héparine de basse masse moléculaire obtenue par dépolymérisation, au moyen d’une oxydation periodique, d’héparine de muqueuse intestinale de porc, suivi par une réduction et par une hydrolyse douce ; la majorité des composants de la sévuparine sodique possèdent une structure 2-amino-2-déoxy- D-glucopyranose aux deux extrémités, la réductrice peut être substituée par un acide thréonique ou érythronique ; la masse moléculaire relative moyenne est approximativement de 7500 daltons, et celles de 90% sont comprises entre 2000 à 15000; le degré de sulfatation est de 2 à 2,5 par unité disaccharide. anticoagulant

sevuparina sódica sal sódica de una heparina de baja masa molecular obtenida por despolimerización, mediante oxidación periodica, de heparina de mucosa intestinal porcina, seguida de reducción e hidrólisis con ácido débil ; la mayoría de los componentes de la sevuparina sódica tienen una estructura 2-amino-2-desoxi- D-glucopiranosa en los dos extremos, el reductor puede estar substituido con un ácido treónico o eritrónico; la masa molecular relativa media es aproximadamente de 7500 dalton, y con el 90% comprendido entre 2000 y 15000; el grado de sulfatación es de 2 a 2,5 por unidad de disacárido anticoagulante 9041-08-1

solitomabum # solitomab immunoglobulin scFv-scFv, anti-[Homo sapiens EPCAM (epithelial cell adhesion molecule, tumor-associated calcium signal transducer 1, TACSTD1, gastrointestinal tumor-associated protein 2, GA733-2, epithelial glycoprotein 2, EGP-2, KSA, KS1/4 antigen, M4S1, tumor antigen 17-1A, Ep-CAM, EpCAM, CD326)]/anti-[Homo sapiens CD3E (CD3 epsilon)], Mus musculus monoclonal antibody bispecific single chain; scFv anti-EPCAM [Mus musculus V-KAPPA (IGKV8-19*01 (98.00%)-IGKJ5*01 L126>I (112)) [12.3.9] (1-113) -15-mer tris(tetraglycyl-seryl) linker (114-128) -Mus musculus VH (IGHV1- 54*01 (85.90%)-(IGHD)-IGHJ4*01, S123>T (243)) [8.8.14] (129- 248)] -5-mer tetraglycyl-seryl linker (249-253) -scFv anti-CD3E [humanized VH (Homo sapiens IGHV1-46*01 (82.50%)-(IGHD)- IGHJ6*01) [8.8.12] (254-372) -18-mer linker (373-390) -V-KAPPA (Mus musculus IGKV4-59*01 (81.70%)-IGKJ1*01 L124>V (493) [5.3.9] (391-496)] -hexahistidine (497-502) immunomodulator, antineoplastic

solitomab immunoglobuline scFv-scFv, anti-[Homo sapiens EPCAM (molécule d'adhésion des cellules épithéliales, transducteur 1 du signal calcium associé aux tumeurs, TACSTD1, protéine 2 associée aux tumeurs gastrointestinales, GA733-2, glycoprotéine épithéliale 2, EGP-2, KSA, antigène KS1/4, M4S1, antigène tumoral 17-1A, Ep-CAM, EpCAM, CD326)]/anti-[Homo sapiens CD3E (CD3 epsilon)], Mus musculus anticorps monoclonal bispécifique à chaîne unique; scFv anti-EPCAM [Mus musculus V-KAPPA (IGKV8-19*01 (98.00%)-IGKJ5*01 L126>I (112)) [12.3.9] (1-113) -15-mer tris(tétraglycyl-séryl) linker (114-128) -Mus musculus VH (IGHV1- 54*01 (85.90%)-(IGHD)-IGHJ4*01, S123>T (243)) [8.8.14] (129- 248)] -5-mer tétraglycyl-séryl linker (249-253) -scFv anti-CD3E [VH humanisé (Homo sapiens IGHV1-46*01 (82.50%)-(IGHD)-IGHJ6*01) [8.8.12] (254-372) -18-mer linker (373-390) -V-KAPPA (Mus musculus IGKV4-59*01 (81.70%)-IGKJ1*01 L124>V (493) [5.3.9] (391-496)] -hexahistidine (497-502) immunomodulateur, antinéoplasique

438 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

solitomab inmunoglobulina scFv-scFv, anti-[EPCAM de Homo sapiens (molécula de adhesión de células epiteliales, transductor 1 de la señal de calcio asociado a tumores, TACSTD1, proteina 2 asociada a tumores gastrointestinales, GA733-2, glicoproteina epitelial 2, EGP-2, KSA, antígeno KS1/4, M4S1, antígeno tumoral 17-1A, Ep- CAM, EpCAM, CD326)]/anti-[Homo sapiens CD3E (CD3 epsilon)], anticuerpo monoclonal biespecifico monocatenario de Mus musculus; scFv anti-EPCAM [Mus musculus V-KAPPA (IGKV8-19*01 (98.00%)-IGKJ5*01 L126>I (112)) [12.3.9] (1-113) -15-mer tris(tetraglicil-seril) conector (114-128) -Mus musculus VH (IGHV1- 54*01 (85.90%)-(IGHD)-IGHJ4*01, S123>T (243)) [8.8.14] (129- 248)] -5-mer tetraglicil-seril conector (249-253) -scFv anti-CD3E [VH humanizado (Homo sapiens IGHV1-46*01 (82.50%)-(IGHD)- IGHJ6*01) [8.8.12] (254-372) -18-mer conector (373-390) -V-KAPPA (Mus musculus IGKV4-59*01 (81.70%)-IGKJ1*01 L124>V (493) [5.3.9] (391-496)] -hexahistidina (497-502) inmunomodulador, antineoplásico

1005198-65-1

ELVMTQSPSS LTVTAGEKVT MSCKSSQSLL NSGNQKNYLT WYQQKPGQPP 50 KLLIYWASTR ESGVPDRFTG SGSGTDFTLT ISSVQAEDLA VYYCQNDYSY 100 PLTFGAGTKL EIKGGGGSGG GGSGGGGSEV QLLEQSGAEL VRPGTSVKIS 150 CKASGYAFTN YWLGWVKQRP GHGLEWIGDI FPGSGNIHYN EKFKGKATLT 200 ADKSSSTAYM QLSSLTFEDS AVYFCARLRN WDEPMDYWGQ GTTVTVSSGG 250 GGSDVQLVQS GAEVKKPGAS VKVSCKASGY TFTRYTMHWV RQAPGQGLEW 300 IGYINPSRGY TNYADSVKGR FTITTDKSTS TAYMELSSLR SEDTATYYCA 350 RYYDDHYCLD YWGQGTTVTV SSGEGTSTGS GGSGGSGGAD DIVLTQSPAT 400 LSLSPGERAT LSCRASQSVS YMNWYQQKPG KAPKRWIYDT SKVASGVPAR 450 FSGSGSGTDY SLTINSLEAE DAATYYCQQW SSNPLTFGGG TKVEIKHHHH 500 HH 502 Disulfide bridges location / Position des ponts disulfure / Posiciones de los puentes disulfuro Intra-chain 23-94 151-225 275-349 413-477

N-glycosylation sites / Sites de N-glycosylation / Posiciones de N-glicosilación 305 (but Pro in 306)

sovaprevirum sovaprevir (2S,4R)-1-[(2S)-2-tert-butyl-4-oxo-4-(piperidin-1-yl)butanoyl]- N-{(1R,2S)-1-[(cyclopropanesulfonyl)carbamoyl]- 2-ethenylcyclopropyl}-4-[(7-methoxy-2-phenylquinolin- 4-yl)oxy]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide antiviral

sovaprévir (2S,4R)-1-[(2S)-2-tert-butyl-4-oxo-4-(pipéridin-1-yl)butanoyl]- N-{(1R,2S)-1-[(cyclopropanesulfonyl)carbamoyl]- 2-éthénylcyclopropyl}-4-[(7-méthoxy-2-phénylquinoléin- 4-yl)oxy]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide antiviral

sovaprevir (2S,4R)-1-[(2S)-2-terc-butil-4-oxo-4-(piperidin-1-il)butanoil]- N-{(1R,2S)-1-[(ciclopropanosulfonil)carbamoil]-2-etenilciclopropil}- 4-[(7-metoxi-2-fenilquinolin-4-il)oxi]pirrolidina-2-carboxamida antiviral

439 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

C43H53N5O8S 1001667-23-7

H3CO N

CH H C 3 H 3 O CH3 O H O O O N H N N S N O H H O H CH2

sutezolidum sutezolid N-({(5S)-3-[3-fluoro-4-(thiomorpholin-4-yl)phenyl]-2-oxo- 1,3-oxazolan-5-yl}methyl)acetamide antibacterial

sutézolid N-({(5S)-3-[3-fluoro-4-(thiomorpholin-4-yl)phényl]-2-oxo- 1,3-oxazolidin-5-yl}méthyl)acétamide antibactérien

sutezolid N-({(5S)-3-[3-fluoro-4-(tiomorfolin-4-il)fenil]-2-oxo-1,3-oxazolan- 5-il}metil)acetamida antibacteriano

C16H20FN3O3S 168828-58-8

O O H H H3C N N F O N S

tanzisertibum tanzisertib (1r,4r)-4-({9-[(3S)-oxolan-3-yl]-8-[(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)amino]- 9H-purin-2-yl}amino)cyclohexan-1-ol treatment of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis

tanzisertib (1r,4r)-4-({9-[(3S)-oxolan-3-yl]-8-[(2,4,6-trifluorophényl)amino]- 9H-purin-2-yl}amino)cyclohexan-1-ol traitement de la fibrose pulmonaire idiopathique

tanzisertib (1r,4r)-4-({9-[(3S)-oxolan-3-il]-8-[(2,4,6-trifluorfenil)amino]-9H-purin- 2-il}amino)ciclohexan-1-ol tratamiento de la fibrosis pulmonar idiopática

440 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

C21H23F3N6O2 899805-25-5

F H N HO N NH F N N N H H H

tavaborolum tavaborole 5-fluoro-2,1-benzoxaborol-1(3H)-ol antifungal

tavaborole 5-fluoro-2,1-benzoxaborol-1(3H)-ol antifongique

tavaborol 5-fluoro-2,1-benzoxaborol-1(3H)-ol antifúngico

C7H6BFO2 174671-46-6

OH B O F

tedatioxetinum tedatioxetine 4-{2-[(4-methylphenyl)sulfanyl]phenyl}piperidine antidepressant

tédatioxétine 4-{2-[(4-méthylphényl)sulfanyl]phényl}pipéridine antidépresseur

tedatioxetina 4-{2-[(4-metilfenil)sulfanil]fenil}piperidina antidepresivo

C18H21NS 508233-95-2

S NH

H3C

tipiracilum tipiracil 5-chloro-6-[(2-iminopyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl]pyrimidine- 2,4-(1H,3H)-dione potentiator of antineoplastics

441 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

tipiracil 5-chloro-6-[(2-iminopyrrolidin-1-yl)méthyl]pyrimidine- 2,4-(1H,3H)-dione potentialisateur d'antinéoplasiques

tipiracilo 5-cloro-6-[(2-iminopirrolidin-1-il)metil]pirimidina-2,4-(1H,3H)-diona potenciador de antineoplásicos

C9H11ClN4O2 183204-74-2

HN NH N O HN Cl

tirasemtivum tirasemtiv 6-ethynyl-1-(pentan-3-yl)-2H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-one troponin activator

tirasemtiv 6-éthynyl-1-(pentan-3-yl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin- 2-one activateur de la troponine

tirasemtiv 6-etinil-1-(pentan-3-il)-2H-imidazo[4,5-b]pirazin-2-ona activador de troponina

C12H14N4O 1005491-05-3

H3C HC CH N N 3 O N N H

tozadenantum tozadenant 4-hydroxy-N-[4-methoxy-7-(morpholin-4-yl)-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl]- 4-methylpiperidine-1-carboxamide adenosine receptor antagonist

tozadénant 4-hydroxy-N-[4-méthoxy-7-(morpholin-4-yl)-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl]- 4-méthylpipéridine-1-carboxamide antagoniste du récepteur de l'adénosine

tozadenant 4-hidroxi-N-[4-metoxi-7-(morfolin-4-il)-1,3-benzotiazol-2-il]- 4-metilpiperidina-1-carboxamida antagonista del receptor de la adenosina

C19H26N4O4S 870070-55-6

N O CH3 S N OH NH N

OCH3

442 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

trebananibum # trebananib immunoglobulin G1 Fc fragment fused with two synthetic polypeptides that bind the Homo sapiens ANGPT2 (angiopoietin 2); methionyl (1) -gamma1 heavy chain fragment (2-228) [Homo sapiens IGHG1*01 hinge (EPKSC 1-5>del) (2-11), CH2 (12-121), CH3 (122-228)] fused, at the C-terminal end, with a synthetic polypeptide that comprises two 14-mer amino acid repeats that bind angiopoietin 2 (229-287) [linker (229-235) -14-mer (236-249) -linker (250-271) -14-mer (272-285) -leucyl-glutamate]; (7-7':10-10')- bisdisulfide dimer angiogenesis inhibitor

trébananib immunoglobuline G1 fragment Fc fusionné à deux polypeptides synthétiques qui se lient à l'Homo sapiens ANGPT2 (angiopoïétine 2); méthionyl (1) -fragment de chaîne gamma1 (2-228) [Homo sapiens IGHG1*01 charnière (EPKSC 1-5>del) (2-11), CH2 (12-121), CH3 (122-228)] fusionné, à l'extrémité C-terminale, à un polypeptide synthétique qui comprend deux motifs répétés de 14 acides aminés qui se lient à l'angiopoïétine 2 (229-287) [linker (229-235) -14-mer (236-249) -linker (250-271) -14-mer (272-285) -leucyl-glutamate]; dimère (7-7':10-10')-bisdisulfure inhibiteur de l'angiogénèse

trebananib inmunoglobulina G1 fragmento Fc fusionado con dos polipéptidos sintéticos que se unen a la ANGPT2 (angiopoyetina 2) de Homo sapiens; metionil (1) -fragmento de cadena gamma1 (2-228) [Homo sapiens IGHG1*01 bisagra (EPKSC 1-5>del) (2-11), CH2 (12-121), CH3 (122-228)] fusionada con el extremo C-terminal de un polipéptido sintético que comprende dos secuencias repetidas de 14 aminoácidos que se unen a la angiopoyetina 2 (229-287) [conector (229-235) -14-mer (236-249) -conector (250-271) -14-mer (272-285) -leucil-glutamato]; dímero (7-7':10-10')-bisdisulfuro inhibidor de la angiogénesis

894356-79-7

MDKTHTCPPC PAPELLGGPS VFLFPPKPKD TLMISRTPEV TCVVVDVSHE 50 DPEVKFNWYV DGVEVHNAKT KPREEQYNST YRVVSVLTVL HQDWLNGKEY 100 KCKVSNKALP APIEKTISKA KGQPREPQVY TLPPSRDELT KNQVSLTCLV 150 KGFYPSDIAV EWESNGQPEN NYKTTPPVLD SDGSFFLYSK LTVDKSRWQQ 200 GNVFSCSVMH EALHNHYTQK SLSLSPGKGG GGGAQQEECE WDPWTCEHMG 250 SGSATGGSGS TASSGSGSAT HQEECEWDPW TCEHMLE 287 Disulfide bridges location / Position des ponts disulfure / Posiciones de los puentes disulfuro Intra-chain 42-102 148-206 239-246 275-282 42'-102' 148'-206' 239'-246' 275'-282' Inter-chains 7-7' 10-10'

N-glycosylation sites / Sites de N-glycosylation / Posiciones de N-glicosilación 78, 78'

trelagliptinum trelagliptin 2-({6-[(3R)-3-aminopiperidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-2,4-dioxo- 3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl}methyl)-4-fluorobenzonitrile antidiabetic

trélagliptine 2-({6-[(3R)-3-aminopipéridin-1-yl]-3-méthyl-2,4-dioxo- 3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl}méthyl)-4-fluorobenzonitrile antidiabétique

443 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

trelagliptina 2-({6-[(3R)-3-aminopiperidin-1-il]-3-metil-2,4-dioxo- 3,4-dihidropirimidin-1(2H)-il}metil)-4-fluorobenzonitrilo hipoglucemiante

C18H20FN5O2 865759-25-7

H2N

N CN

O N O

CH3 F

umeclidinii bromidum umeclidinium bromide 1-{2-[(benzyl)oxy]ethyl}4-[hydroxydi(phenyl)methyl]- 1-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octan-1-ium bromide muscarinic receptor antagonist

bromure d’uméclidinium bromure de 1-{2-[(benzyl)oxy]éthyl}-4-[hydroxydi(phényl)méthyl]- 1-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octanium antagoniste des récepteurs muscariniques

bromuro de umeclidinio bromuro de 1-{2-[(bencil)oxi]etil}4-[hidroxidi(fenil)metil]- 1-azabiciclo[2.2.2]octan-1-io antagonista de los receptores muscarinicos

C29H34BrNO2 869113-09-7

N Br O OH

vapendavirum vapendavir 3-ethoxy-6-{2-[1-(6-methylpyridazin-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl]ethoxy}- 1,2-benzoxazole antiviral

vapendavir 3-éthoxy-6-{2-[1-(6-méthylpyridazin-3-yl)pipéridin-4-yl]éthoxy}- 1,2-benzoxazole antiviral

vapendavir 3-etoxi-6-{2-[1-(6-metilpiridazin-3-il)piperidin-4-il]etoxi}- 1,2-benzoxazol antiviral

C21H26N4O3 439085-51-5

H3C N N O N CH3 O N

444 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

vonoprazanum vonoprazan 1-[5-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]- N-methylmethanamine acid pump inhibitor

vonoprazan 1-[5-(2-fluorophényl)-1-(pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl]- N-méthylméthanamine inhibiteur de la pompe à protons

vonoprazán 1-[5-(2-fluorofenil)-1-(piridina-3-sulfonil)-1H-pirrol-3-il]- N-metilmetanamina inhibidor de la bomba de protones

C17H16FN3O2S 881681-00-1

O N O S N

CH3 F NH

vortioxetinum vortioxetine 1-{2-[(2,4-dimethylphenyl)sulfanyl]phenyl}piperazine antidepressant

vortioxétine 1-{2-[(2,4-diméthylphényl)sulfanyl]phényl}pipérazine antidépresseur

vortioxetina 1-{2-[(2,4-dimetilfenil)sulfanil]fenil}piperazina antidepresivo

C18H22N2S 508233-74-7

N S NH

H3C CH3

# Electronic structure available on Mednet: http://mednet.who.int/ # Structure électronique disponible sur Mednet: http://mednet.who.int/ # Estructura electrónica disponible en Mednet: http://mednet.who.int/

445 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

AMENDMENTS TO PREVIOUS LISTS MODIFICATIONS APPORTÉES AUX LISTES ANTÉRIEURES MODIFICACIONES A LAS LISTAS ANTERIORES

Proposed International Non Proprietary Names (Prop. INN): List 6 (Chronicle of the WHO, March 1958, Vol. 12, No. 3) p. 105 mecamylaminum mecamylamine replace the chemical name by the following

(1RS,2SR,4SR)-N,2,3,3-tetramethylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-amine

Denominations communes internationales proposées (DCI Prop.): Liste 6 (Chronique de l'OMS, Vol. 12, No. 3, mars 1958) p. 114 mecamylaminum mécamylamine remplacer le nom chimique par le suivant

(1RS,2SR,4SR)-N,2,3,3-tétraméthylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-amine

Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales Propuestas (DCI Prop.): Lista 6 (Crónica de la OMS, Vol. 12, No. 3, marzo de 1958) p. 116 mecamylaminum mecamilamina sustitúyase el nombre químico por el siguiente

(1RS,2SR,4SR)-N,2,3,3-tetrametilbiciclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-amina

Proposed International Non Proprietary Names (Prop. INN): List 100 Denominations communes internationales proposées (DCI Prop.): Liste 100 Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales Propuestas (DCI Prop.): Lista 100 (WHO Drug Information, Vol. 22, No. 4, 2008) p. 327 delete/supprimer/suprimáse insert/insérer/insertese

ingenoli mebutatum ingenoli mebutas

Proposed International Non Proprietary Names (Prop. INN): List 65 Denominations communes internationales proposées (DCI Prop.): Liste 65 Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales Propuestas (DCI Prop.): Lista 65 (WHO Drug Information, Vol. 5, No. 2, 1991) p. 15 beraprostum beraprost replace the chemical name and the structure by the following ones

rac-4-{(1R,2R,3aS,8bS)-2-hydroxy-1-[(1E,3S,4RS)-3-hydroxy-4-methyloct- 1-en-6-ynyl]-2,3,3a,8b-tetrahydro-1H-cyclopenta[b][1]benzofuran- 5-yl}butanoic acid

446 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

CO H H 2 O HO H its epimer at C* and their enantiomers H H son épimère en C* et leurs énantiomères su epímero al C* y sus enantiómeros

HO * H HCH 3 CH3

Denominations communes internationales proposées (DCI Prop.): Liste 65 (Informations pharmaceutiques OMS, Vol. 5, No. 2, 1991) p. 16 beraprostum béraprost remplacer le nom chimique et la structure par les suivants

acide rac-4-{(1R,2R,3aS,8bS)-2-hydroxy-1-[(1E,3S,4RS)-3-hydroxy- 4-méthyloct-1-én-6-ynyl]-2,3,3a,8b-tétrahydro-1H-cyclopenta[b][1]benzofuran- 5-yl}butanoïque

CO H H 2 O HO H its epimer at C* and their enantiomers H H son épimère en C* et leurs énantiomères su epímero al C* y sus enantiómeros

HO * H HCH 3 CH3

Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales Propuestas (DCI Prop.): Lista 65 (Información farmacéutica OMS, Vol. 5, No. 2, 1991) p. 15 beraprostum beraprost sustitúyase el nombre químico y la estructura por los siguientes

ácido rac-4-{(1R,2R,3aS,8bS)-2-hidroxi-1-[(1E,3S,4RS)-3-hidroxi- 4-metiloct-1-en-6-inil]-2,3,3a,8b-tetrahidro-1H-ciclopenta[b][1]benzofuran- 5-il}butanoico

CO H H 2 O HO H its epimer at C* and their enantiomers H H son épimère en C* et leurs énantiomères su epímero al C* y sus enantiómeros

HO * H HCH 3 CH3

447 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Proposed International Non Proprietary Names (Prop. INN): List 101 Denominations communes internationales proposées (DCI Prop.): Liste 101 Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales Propuestas (DCI Prop.): Lista 101 (WHO Drug Information, Vol. 23, No. 2, 2009) p. 161 olodaterolum olodaterol replace the chemical name by the following olodatérol remplacer le nom chimique par le suivant olodaterol sustitúyase el nombre químico por el siguiente

6-hydroxy-8-[(1R)-1-hydroxy-2-{[1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methylpropan- 2-yl]amino}ethyl]-2H-1,4-benzoxazin-3(4H)-one

6-hydroxy-8-[(1R)-1-hydroxy-2-{[1-(4-méthoxyphényl)-2-méthylpropan- 2-yl]amino}éthyl]-2H-1,4-benzoxazin-3(4H)-one

6-hidroxi-8-[(1R)-1-hidroxi-2-{[1-(4-metoxifenil)-2-metilpropan-2-il]amino}etil]- 2H-1,4-benzoxazin-3(4H)-ona

p. 166 delete/supprimer/suprimáse insert/insérer/insertese

sograzepidum netazepidum sograzepide netazepide sograzépide nétazépide sograzepida netazepida

Proposed International Non Proprietary Names (Prop. INN): List 102 Denominations communes internationales proposées (DCI Prop.): Liste 102 Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales Propuestas (DCI Prop.): Lista 102 (WHO Drug Information, Vol. 23, No. 4, 2009) p. 325 condoliasum # condoliase replace the structure by the following condoliase remplacer la structure par la suivante condoliasa sustitúyase la estructura por la siguiente

ATSNPAFDPK NLMQSEIYHF AQNNPLADFS SDKNSILTLS DKRSIMGNQS 50 LLWKWKGGSS FTLHKKLIVP TDKEASKAWG RSSTPVFSFW LYNEKPIDGY 100 LTIDFGEKLI STSEAQAGFK VKLDFTGWRA VGVSLNNDLE NREMTLNATN 150 TSSDGTQDSI GRSLGAKVDS IRFKAPSNVS QGEIYIDRIM FSVDDARYQW 200 SDYQVKTRLS EPEIQFHNVK PQLPVTPENL AAIDLIRQRL INEFVGGEKE 250 TNLALEENIS KLKSDFDALN IHTLANGGTQ GRHLITDKQI IIYQPENLNS 300 QDKQLFDNYV ILGNYTTLMF NISRAYVLEK DPTQKAQLKQ MYLLMTKHLL 350 DQGFVKGSAL VTTHHWGYSS RWWYISTLLM SDALKEANLQ TQVYDSLLWY 400 SREFKSSFDM KVSADSSDLD YFNTLSRQHL ALLLLEPDDQ KRINLVNTFS 450 HYITGALTQV PPGGKDGLRP DGTAWRHEGN YPGYSFPAFK NASQLIYLLR 500 DTPFSVGESG WNNLKKAMVS AWIYSNPEVG LPLAGRHPFN SPSLKSVAQG 550 YYWLAMSAKS SPDKTLASIY LAISDKTQNE STAIFGETIT PASLPQGFYA 600 FNGGAFGIHR WQDKMVTLKA YNTNVWSSEI YNKDNRYGRY QSHGVAQIVS 650 NGSQLSQGYQ QEGWDWNRMQ GATTIHLPLK DLDSPKPHTL MQRGERGFSG 700 TSSLEGQYGM MAFDLIYPAN LERFDPNFTA KKSVLAADNH LIFIGSNINS 750 SDKNKNVETT LFQHAITPTL NTLWINGQKI ENMPYQTTLQ QGDWLIDSNG 800 NGYLITQAEK VNVSRQHQVS AENKNRQPTE GNFSSAWIDH STRPKDASYE 850 YMVFLDATPE KMGEMAQKFR ENNGLYQVLR KDKDVHIILD KLSNVTGYAF 900 YQPASIEDKW IKKVNKPAIV MTHRQKDTLI VSAVTPDLNM TRQKAATPVT 950 INVTINGKWQ SADKNSEVKY QVSGDNTELT FTSYFGIPQE IKLSPLP 997

448 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

Proposed International Non Proprietary Names (Prop. INN): List 105 Denominations communes internationales proposées (DCI Prop.): Liste 105 Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales Propuestas (DCI Prop.): Lista 105 (WHO Drug Information, Vol. 23, No. 2, 2009) p. 168 encaleretum encaleret replace the chemical name by the following encaléret remplacer le nom chimique par le suivant encaleret sustitúyase el nombre químico por el siguiente

2′-{(1R)-1-[(2R)-3-{[1-(4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)-2-methylpropan-2-yl]amino}- 2-hydroxypropoxy]ethyl}-3-methyl[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-carboxylic acid

acide 2′-{(1R)-1-[(2R)-3-{[1-(4-chloro-3-fluorophényl)-2-méthylpropan- 2-yl]amino}-2-hydroxypropoxy]éthyl}-3-méthyl[1,1′-biphényl]-4-carboxylique

ácido 2′-{(1R)-1-[(2R)-3-{[1-(4-cloro-3-fluorofenil)-2-metilpropan-2-il]amino}- 2-hidroxipropoxi]etil}-3-metil[1,1′-bifenil]-4-carboxílico

p. 177 lenomorelinum lenomorelin replace the description and the structure by the following ones lénomoréline remplacer la description et la structure par les suivantes lenomorelina sustitúyase la descripción y la estructura por las siguientes

O3.26-octanoylhuman appetite-regulating hormone (growth hormone-releasing peptide) precursor (protein M46)-(24-51)-peptide (ghrelin-28-C8)

O3.26-octanoylprécurseur de l'hormone humaine de régulation de l'appétit (précurseur du peptide de libération d'hormone de croissance, protéine M46)- (24-51)-peptide (ghréline-28-C8)

O3.26-octanoilprecursor de la hormona humana de regulación del apetito (precursor del péptido de liberación de hormona del crecimiento, proteína M46)-(24-51)-péptido (ghrelina-28-C8)

GSSFLSPEHQ RVQQRKESKK PPAKLQPR 28 Modified residue / Résidu modifié / Residuo modificado S O 3 O-octanoyl-L-seryl H O CH3 O-octanoyl-L-séryl O-octanoil-L-serilo N C H O

449 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

p. 188-189 pegnivacoginum pegnivacogin replace the description and the structure by the following pégnivacogin remplacer la description et la structure par les suivantes pegnivacogina sustitúyase el nombre químico y la estructura por los siguientes

a ribonucleic acid aptamer which binds Factor XIa; ester of 2'-O-methyl-5'-O-phosphonoguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyluridylyl- (3' →5')-2'-O-methylguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methylguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O- methyladenylyl-(3'→5')-2'-deoxy-2'-fluorocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-deoxy-2'- fluorouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyladenylyl-(3'→5')-2'-deoxy-2'-fluorouridylyl- (3'→5')-2'-O-methyladenylyl-(3'→5')-2'-deoxy-2'-fluorocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'- deoxy-2'-fluorocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methylguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-deoxy-2'- fluorocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methylguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-deoxy-2'-fluorouridylyl- (3'→5')-2'-O-methyladenylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyladenylyl-(3'→5')-2'-deoxy-2'- fluorouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methylguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-deoxy-2'-fluorocytidylyl- (3'→5')-2'-O-methyluridylyl-(3'→5')-guanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methylcytidylyl- (3'→5')-2'-deoxy-2'-fluorocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-deoxy-2'-fluorouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'- O-methylcytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methylcytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-methyladenylyl- (3'→5')-2'-O-methylcytidylyl-(3'→3')-thimidine with 6-[(2,6-bis{N-[ω- methoxypoly(oxyethylene)carbonyl]}-DL-lysyl)amino]hexan-1-ol

acide ribonucleique aptamère se liant au Factor XIa; ester de 2'-O-méthyl-5'-O-phosphonoguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyluridylyl- (3'→5')-2'-O-méthylguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthylguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O- méthyladénylyl-(3'→5')-2'-déoxy-2'-fluorocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-déoxy-2'- fluorouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyladénylyl-(3'→5')-2'-déoxy-2'-fluorouridylyl- (3'→5')-2'-O-méthyladénylyl-(3'→5')-2'-déoxy-2'-fluorocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'- déoxy-2'-fluorocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthylguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-déoxy-2'- fluorocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthylguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-déoxy-2'-fluorouridylyl- (3'→5')-2'-O-méthyladénylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyladénylyl-(3'→5')-2'-déoxy-2'- fluorouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthylguanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-déoxy-2'-fluorocytidylyl- (3'→5')-2'-O-méthyluridylyl-(3'→5')-guanylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthylcytidylyl- (3'→5')-2'-déoxy-2'-fluorocytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-déoxy-2'-fluorouridylyl-(3'→5')-2'- O-méthylcytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthylcytidylyl-(3'→5')-2'-O-méthyladénylyl- (3'→5')-2'-O-méthylcytidylyl-(3'→3')-thimidine avec 6-[(2,6-bis{N-[ω- méthoxypoly(oxyéthylène)carbonyl]}-DL-lysyl)amino]hexan-1-ol

aptámero de ácido ribomucléico que se une a Factor XIa; éster of 2'-O-metil-5'-O-fosfonoguanilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metiluridilil-(3'→5')-2'-O- metilguanilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metilguanilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metiladenilil-(3'→5')-2'- desoxi-2'-fluorocitidilil-(3'→5')-2'-desoxi-2'-fluorouridilil-(3'→5')-2'-O- metiladenilil-(3'→5')-2'-desoxi-2'-fluorouridilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metiladenilil- (3'→5')-2'-desoxi-2'-fluorocitidilil-(3'→5')-2'-desoxi-2'-fluorocitidilil-(3'→5')-2'-O- metilguanilil-(3'→5')-2'-desoxi-2'-fluorocitidilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metilguanilil- (3'→5')-2'-desoxi-2'-fluorouridilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metiladenilil-(3'→5')-2'-O- metiladenilil-(3'→5')-2'-desoxi-2'-fluorouridilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metilguanilil- (3'→5')-2'-desoxi-2'-fluorocitidilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metiluridilil-(3'→5')-guanilil- (3'→5')-2'-O-metilcitidilil-(3'→5')-2'-desoxi-2'-fluorocitidilil-(3'→5')-2'-desoxi-2'- fluorouridilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metilcitidilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metilcitidilil-(3'→5')-2'-O- metiladenilil-(3'→5')-2'-O-metilcitidilil-(3'→3')-timidina con 6-[(2,6-bis{N-[ω- metoxipoli(oxietileno)carbonil]}-DL-lisil)amino]hexan-1-ol

450 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

(3'-5')-R-pmG-mU-mG-mG-mA-dflC-dflU-mA-dflU-mA-dflC-dflC-mG- dflC-mG-dflU-mA-mA-dflU-mG-dflC-mU-G-mC-dflC-dflU-mC-mC-mA-mC3'-3'dT Legend: dfl = 2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro ; m = 2'-O-methyl ; p (as prefix) = 5'-phosphate

R- = O O N O CH3 x + y = n H y O H O N CH2 H3C O N x H O

p. 193 siponimodum siponimod replace the CASRN by the following siponimod remplacer le numéro de registre du CAS par le suivant siponimod sustitúyase el Número de registro del CAS por el siguiente

1230487-00-9

451 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

ANNEX 1

PROCEDURE FOR THE SELECTION OF RECOMMENDED INTERNATIONAL NONPROPRIETARY NAMES FOR PHARMACEUTICAL SUBSTANCES1

The following procedure shall be followed by the World Health Organization (hereinafter also referred to as “WHO”) in the selection of recommended international nonproprietary names for pharmaceutical substances, in accordance with resolution WHA3.11 of the World Health Assembly, and in the substitution of such names.

Article 1 - Proposals for recommended international nonproprietary names and proposals for substitution of such names shall be submitted to WHO on the form provided therefore. The consideration of such proposals shall be subject to the payment of an administrative fee designed only to cover the corresponding costs of the Secretariat of WHO (“the Secretariat”). The amount of this fee shall be determined by the Secretariat and may, from time to time, be adjusted.

Article 2 - Such proposals shall be submitted by the Secretariat to the members of the Expert Advisory Panel on the International Pharmacopoeia and Pharmaceutical Preparations designated for this purpose, such designated members hereinafter referred to as “the INN Expert Group”, for consideration in accordance with the “General principles for guidance in devising International Nonproprietary Names for Pharmaceutical Substances”, annexed to this procedure2. The name used by the person discovering or first developing and marketing a pharmaceutical substance shall be accepted, unless there are compelling reasons to the contrary.

Article 3 - Subsequent to the examination provided for in article 2, the Secretariat shall give notice that a proposed international nonproprietary name is being considered. a) Such notice shall be given by publication in WHO Drug Information3 and by letter to Member States and to national and regional pharmacopoeia commissions or other bodies designated by Member States.

i) Notice shall also be sent to the person who submitted the proposal (“the original applicant”) and other persons known to be concerned with a name under consideration. b) Such notice shall:

i) set forth the name under consideration;

ii) identify the person who submitted the proposal for naming the substance, if so requested by such person;

iii) identify the substance for which a name is being considered;

iv) set forth the time within which comments and objections will be received and the person and place to whom they should be directed;

v) state the authority under which WHO is acting and refer to these rules of procedure. c) In forwarding the notice, the Secretariat shall request that Member States take such steps as are necessary to prevent the acquisition of proprietary rights in the proposed name during the period it is under consideration by WHO.

Article 4 - Comments on the proposed name may be forwarded by any person to WHO within four months of the date of publication, under article 3, of the name in WHO Drug Information.

1 See Annex 1 in WHO Technical Report Series, No. 581, 1975. The original text was adopted by the Executive Board in resolution EB15.R7 and amended in resolutions EB43.R9 and EB115.R4.

2 See Annex 2.

3 Before 1987, lists of international nonproprietary names were published in the Chronicle of the World Health Organization.

452 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

Article 5 - A formal objection to a proposed name may be filed by any interested person within four months of the date of publication, under article 3, of the name in WHO Drug Information.

Such objection shall:

i) identify the person objecting;

ii) state his or her interest in the name;

iii) set forth the reasons for his or her objection to the name proposed.

Article 6 - Where there is a formal objection under article 5, WHO may either reconsider the proposed name or use its good offices to attempt to obtain withdrawal of the objection. Without prejudice to the consideration by WHO of a substitute name or names, a name shall not be selected by WHO as a recommended international nonproprietary name while there exists a formal objection thereto filed under article 5 which has not been withdrawn.

Article 7 - Where no objection has been filed under article 5, or all objections previously filed have been withdrawn, the Secretariat shall give notice in accordance with subsection (a) of article 3 that the name has been selected by WHO as a recommended international nonproprietary name.

Article 8 - In forwarding a recommended international nonproprietary name to Member States under article 7, the Secretariat shall: a) request that it be recognized as the nonproprietary name for the substance; and b) request that Member States take such steps as are necessary to prevent the acquisition of proprietary rights in the name and to prohibit registration of the name as a trademark or trade name.

Article 9 a) In the extraordinary circumstance that a previously recommended international nonproprietary name gives rise to errors in medication, prescription or distribution, or a demonstrable risk thereof, because of similarity with another name in pharmaceutical and/or prescription practices, and it appears that such errors or potential errors cannot readily be resolved through other interventions than a possible substitution of a previously recommended international nonproprietary name, or in the event that a previously recommended international nonproprietary name differs substantially from the nonproprietary name approved in a significant number of Member States, or in other such extraordinary circumstances that justify a substitution of a recommended international nonproprietary name, proposals to that effect may be filed by any interested person. Such proposals shall be submitted on the form provided therefore and shall:

i) identify the person making the proposal;

ii) state his or her interest in the proposed substitution; and

iii) set forth the reasons for the proposal; and

iv) describe, and provide documentary evidence regarding the other interventions undertaken in an effort to resolve the situation, and the reasons why these other interventions were inadequate.

Such proposals may include a proposal for a new substitute international nonproprietary name, devised in accordance with the General principles, which takes into account the pharmaceutical substance for which the new substitute international nonproprietary name is being proposed.

The Secretariat shall forward a copy of the proposal, for consideration in accordance with the procedure described in subsection (b) below, to the INN Expert Group and the original applicant or its successor (if different from the person bringing the proposal for substitution and provided that the original applicant or its successor is known or can be found through diligent effort, including contacts with industry associations).

In addition, the Secretariat shall request comments on the proposal from:

i) Member States and national and regional pharmacopoeia commissions or other bodies designated by Member States (by including a notice to that effect in the letter referred to in article 3(a), and

ii) any other persons known to be concerned by the proposed substitution.

453 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

The request for comments shall:

i) state the recommended international nonproprietary name that is being proposed for substitution (and the proposed substitute name, if provided);

ii) identify the person who submitted the proposal for substitution (if so requested by such person);

iii) identify the substance to which the proposed substitution relates and reasons put forward for substitution;

iv) set forth the time within which comments will be received and the person and place to whom they should be directed; and

v) state the authority under which WHO is acting and refer to these rules of procedure.

Comments on the proposed substitution may be forwarded by any person to WHO within four months of the date of the request for comments. b) After the time period for comments referred to above has elapsed, the Secretariat shall forward any comments received to the INN Expert Group, the original applicant or its successor and the person bringing the proposal for substitution. If, after consideration of the proposal for substitution and the comments received, the INN Expert Group, the person bringing the proposal for substitution and the original applicant or its successor all agree that there is a need to substitute the previously recommended international nonproprietary name, the Secretariat shall submit the proposal for substitution to the INN Expert Group for further processing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the original applicant or its successor shall not be entitled to withhold agreement to a proposal for substitution in the event the original applicant or its successor has no demonstrable continuing interest in the recommended international nonproprietary name proposed for substitution.

In the event that a proposal for substitution shall be submitted to the INN Expert Group for further processing, the INN Expert Group will select a new international nonproprietary name in accordance with the General principles referred to in article 2 and the procedure set forth in articles 3 to 8 inclusive. The notices to be given by the Secretariat under article 3 and article 7, respectively, including to the original applicant or its successor (if not the same as the person proposing the substitution, and provided that the original applicant or its successor is known or can be found through diligent effort, including contacts with industry associations), shall in such event indicate that the new name is a substitute for a previously recommended international nonproprietary name and that Member States may wish to make transitional arrangements in order to accommodate existing products that use the previously recommended international nonproprietary name on their label in accordance with national legislation.

If, after consideration of the proposal for substitution and the comments received in accordance with the procedure described above, the INN Expert Group, the original applicant or its successor and the person bringing the proposal for substitution do not agree that there are compelling reasons for substitution of a previously recommended international nonproprietary name, this name shall be retained (provided always that the original applicant or its successor shall not be entitled to withhold agreement to a proposal for substitution in the event that the original applicant or its successor has no demonstrable continuing interest in the recommended international nonproprietary name proposed to be substituted). In such an event, the Secretariat shall advise the person having proposed the substitution, as well as the original applicant or its successor (if not the same as the person proposing the substitution, and provided that the original applicant or its successor is known or can be found through diligent effort, including contacts with industry associations), Member States, national and regional pharmacopoeia commissions, other bodies designated by Member States, and any other persons known to be concerned by the proposed substitution that, despite a proposal for substitution, it has been decided to retain the previously recommended international nonproprietary name (with a description of the reason(s) why the proposal for substitution was not considered sufficiently compelling).

454 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

ANNEX 2

GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR GUIDANCE IN DEVISING INTERNATIONAL NONPROPRIETARY NAMES FOR PHARMACEUTICAL SUBSTANCES1

1. International Nonproprietary Names (INN) should be distinctive in sound and spelling. They should not be inconveniently long and should not be liable to confusion with names in common use.

2. The INN for a substance belonging to a group of pharmacologically related substances should, where appropriate, show this relationship. Names that are likely to convey to a patient an anatomical, physiological, pathological or therapeutic suggestion should be avoided.

These primary principles are to be implemented by using the following secondary principles:

3. In devising the INN of the first substance in a new pharmacological group, consideration should be given to the possibility of devising suitable INN for related substances, belonging to the new group.

4. In devising INN for acids, one-word names are preferred; their salts should be named without modifying the acid name, e.g. “oxacillin” and “oxacillin sodium”, “ibufenac” and “ibufenac sodium”.

5. INN for substances which are used as salts should in general apply to the active base or the active acid. Names for different salts or esters of the same active substance should differ only in respect of the name of the inactive acid or the inactive base. For quaternary ammonium substances, the cation and anion should be named appropriately as separate components of a quaternary substance and not in the amine-salt style.

6. The use of an isolated letter or number should be avoided; hyphenated construction is also undesirable.

7. To facilitate the translation and pronunciation of INN, “f” should be used instead of “ph”, “t” instead of “th”, “e” instead of “ae” or “oe”, and “i” instead of “y”; the use of the letters “h” and “k” should be avoided.

8. Provided that the names suggested are in accordance with these principles, names proposed by the person discovering or first developing and marketing a pharmaceutical preparation, or names already officially in use in any country, should receive preferential consideration.

9. Group relationship in INN (see General principle 2) should if possible be shown by using a common stem. The following list contains examples of stems for groups of substances, particularly for new groups. There are many other stems in active use.2 Where a stem is shown without any hyphens it may be used anywhere in the name.

Latin English

-acum -ac anti-inflammatory agents, ibufenac derivatives -adolum -adol } analgesics -adol- -adol-} -astum -ast antiasthmatic, antiallergic substances not acting primarily as antihistaminics -astinum -astine antihistaminics -azepamum -azepam diazepam derivatives bol bol steroids, anabolic -cain- -cain- class I antiarrhythmics, procainamide and lidocaine derivatives -cainum -caine local anaesthetics

1 In its Twentieth report (WHO Technical Report Series, No. 581, 1975), the WHO Expert committee on Nonproprietary Names for Pharmaceutical Substances reviewed the general principles for devising, and the procedures for selecting, INN in the light of developments in pharmaceutical compounds in recent years. The most significant change has been the extension to the naming of synthetic chemical substances of the practice previously used for substances originating in or derived from natural products. This practice involves the use of a characteristic “stem” indicative of a common property of the members of a group. The reason for, and the implications of, the change are fully discussed. The guiding principles were updated during the 13th consultation on nonproprietary names for pharmaceutical substances (Geneva, 27-29 April 1983) (PHARM S/NOM 928 13 May 1983, revised 18 August 1983).

2 A more extensive listing of stems is contained in the working document WHO/EMP/QSM/2009.3 which is regularly updated and can be requested from the INN Programme, WHO, Geneva.

455 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

cef- cef- antibiotics, cefalosporanic acid derivatives -cillinum -cillin antibiotics, 6-aminopenicillanic acid derivatives -conazolum -conazole systemic antifungal agents, miconazole derivatives cort cort corticosteroids, except prednisolone derivatives -coxibum -coxib selective cyclo-oxygenase inhibitors -entanum -entan endothelin receptor antagonists gab gab gabamimetic agents gado- gado- diagnostic agents, gadolinium derivatives -gatranum -gatran thrombin inhibitors, antithrombotic agents gest gest steroids, progestogens gli gli antihyperglycaemics io- io- iodine-containing contrast media -metacinum -metacin anti-inflammatory, indometacin derivatives -mycinum -mycin antibiotics, produced by Streptomyces strains -nidazolum -nidazole antiprotozoals and radiosensitizers, metronidazole derivatives -ololum -olol β-adrenoreceptor antagonists -oxacinum -oxacin antibacterial agents, nalidixic acid derivatives -platinum -platin antineoplastic agents, platinum derivatives -poetinum -poetin erythropoietin type blood factors -pril(at)um -pril(at) angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors -profenum -profen anti-inflammatory agents, ibuprofen derivatives prost prost prostaglandins -relinum -relin pituitary hormone release-stimulating peptides -sartanum -sartan angiotensin II receptor antagonists, antihypertensive (non-peptidic) -vaptanum -vaptan vasopressin receptor antagonists vin- vin- } vinca-type alkaloids -vin- -vin-}

ANNEXE 1

PROCEDURE A SUIVRE EN VUE DU CHOIX DE DENOMINATIONS COMMUNES INTERNATIONALES RECOMMANDEES POUR LES SUBSTANCES PHARMACEUTIQUES1

L’Organisation mondiale de la Santé (également désignée ci-après sous l’appellation « OMS ») observe la procédure exposée ci-dessous pour l’attribution de dénominations communes internationales recommandées pour les substances pharmaceutiques, conformément à la résolution WHA3.11 de l’Assemblée mondiale de la Santé, et pour le remplacement de telles dénominations.

Article 1 - Les propositions de dénominations communes internationales recommandées et les propositions de remplacement de telles dénominations sont soumises à l’OMS sur la formule prévue à cet effet. L’examen de telles propositions est soumis au paiement d’une taxe administrative destinée uniquement à couvrir les coûts correspondants assumés par le Secrétariat de l’OMS (« le Secrétariat »). Le montant de cette taxe est déterminé par le Secrétariat et peut être modifié de temps à autre.

Article 2 - Ces propositions sont soumises par le Secrétariat aux experts désignés à cette fin parmi les personnalités inscrites au Tableau d’experts de la Pharmacopée internationale et des Préparations pharmaceutiques, ci-après désignés sous l’appellation « le Groupe d’experts des DCI » ; elles sont examinées par les experts conformément aux « Directives générales pour la formation de dénominations communes internationales pour les substances pharmaceutiques » reproduites ci-après2. La dénomination acceptée est la dénomination employée par la personne qui découvre ou qui, la première, fabrique et lance sur le marché une substance pharmaceutique, à moins que des raisons majeures n’obligent à s’écarter de cette règle.

1 Voir annexe 1 dans OMS, Série de Rapports techniques, N° 581, 1975. Le texte original a été adopté par le Conseil exécutif dans sa résolution EB15.R7 et amendé dans ses résolutions EB43.R9 et EB115.R4.

2 Voir annexe 2.

456 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

Article 3 - Après l’examen prévu à l’article 2, le Secrétariat notifie qu’un projet de dénomination commune internationale est à l’étude. a) Cette notification est faite par une insertion dans WHO Drug Information1 et par l’envoi d’une lettre aux Etats Membres et aux commissions nationales et régionales de pharmacopée ou autres organismes désignés par les Etats Membres.

i) Notification est également faite à la personne qui a soumis la proposition (« le demandeur initial ») et à d’autres personnes portant à la dénomination mise à l’étude un intérêt notoire. b) Cette notification contient les indications suivantes :

i) dénomination mise à l’étude;

ii) nom de l’auteur de la proposition tendant à attribuer une dénomination à la substance, si cette personne le demande ;

iii) définition de la substance dont la dénomination est mise à l’étude ;

iv) délai pendant lequel seront reçues les observations et les objections à l’égard de cette dénomination ; nom et adresse de la personne habilitée à recevoir ces observations et objections ;

v) mention des pouvoirs en vertu desquels agit l’OMS et référence au présent règlement. c) En envoyant cette notification, le Secrétariat demande aux Etats Membres de prendre les mesures nécessaires pour prévenir l’acquisition de droits de propriété sur la dénomination proposée pendant la période au cours de laquelle cette dénomination est mise à l’étude par l’OMS.

Article 4 - Des observations sur la dénomination proposée peuvent être adressées à l’OMS par toute personne, dans les quatre mois qui suivent la date de publication de la dénomination dans WHO Drug Information (voir l’article 3).

Article 5 - Toute personne intéressée peut formuler une objection formelle contre la dénomination proposée dans les quatre mois qui suivent la date de publication de la dénomination dans WHO Drug Information (voir l’article 3).

Cette objection doit s’accompagner des indications suivantes :

i) nom de l’auteur de l’objection ;

ii) intérêt qu’il ou elle porte à la dénomination en cause ;

iii) raisons motivant l’objection contre la dénomination proposée.

Article 6 - Lorsqu’une objection formelle est formulée en vertu de l’article 5, l’OMS peut soit soumettre la dénomination proposée à un nouvel examen, soit intervenir pour tenter d’obtenir le retrait de l’objection. Sans préjudice de l’examen par l’OMS d’une ou de plusieurs appellations de remplacement, l’OMS n’adopte pas d’appellation comme dénomination commune internationale recommandée tant qu’une objection formelle présentée conformément à l’article 5 n’est pas levée.

Article 7 - Lorsqu’il n’est formulé aucune objection en vertu de l’article 5, ou que toutes les objections présentées ont été levées, le Secrétariat fait une notification conformément aux dispositions du paragraphe a) de l’article 3, en indiquant que la dénomination a été choisie par l’OMS en tant que dénomination commune internationale recommandée.

Article 8 - En communiquant aux Etats Membres, conformément à l’article 7, une dénomination commune internationale recommandée, le Secrétariat : a) demande que cette dénomination soit reconnue comme dénomination commune de la substance considérée ; et b) demande aux Etats Membres de prendre les mesures nécessaires pour prévenir l’acquisition de droits de propriété sur cette dénomination et interdire le dépôt de cette dénomination comme marque ou appellation commerciale.

1 Avant 1987, les listes de dénominations communes internationales étaient publiées dans la Chronique de l’Organisation mondiale de la Santé.

457 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

Article 9 - a) Dans le cas exceptionnel où une dénomination commune internationale déjà recommandée donne lieu à des erreurs de médication, de prescription ou de distribution ou en comporte un risque démontrable, en raison d’une similitude avec une autre appellation dans la pratique pharmaceutique et/ou de prescription, et où il apparaît que ces erreurs ou ces risques d’erreur ne peuvent être facilement évités par d’autres interventions que le remplacement éventuel d’une dénomination commune internationale déjà recommandée, ou dans le cas où une dénomination commune internationale déjà recommandée diffère sensiblement de la dénomination commune approuvée dans un nombre important d’Etats Membres, ou dans d’autres circonstances exceptionnelles qui justifient le remplacement d’une dénomination commune internationale recommandée, toute personne intéressée peut formuler une proposition dans ce sens. Cette proposition est présentée sur la formule prévue à cet effet et doit s’accompagner des indications suivantes :

i) nom de l’auteur de la proposition ;

ii) intérêt qu’il ou elle porte au remplacement proposé ;

iii) raisons motivant la proposition ; et

iv) description, faits à l’appui, des autres interventions entreprises pour tenter de régler le problème et exposé des raisons pour lesquelles ces interventions ont échoué.

Les propositions peuvent comprendre une proposition de nouvelle dénomination commune internationale de remplacement, établie conformément aux Directives générales, compte tenu de la substance pharmaceutique pour laquelle la nouvelle dénomination commune internationale de remplacement est proposée.

Le Secrétariat transmet une copie de la proposition pour examen, conformément à la procédure exposée plus loin au paragraphe b), au Groupe d’experts des DCI et au demandeur initial ou à son successeur (s’il s’agit d’une personne différente de celle qui a formulé la proposition de remplacement et pour autant que le demandeur initial ou son successeur soit connu ou puisse être retrouvé moyennant des efforts diligents, notamment des contacts avec les associations industrielles).

De plus, le Secrétariat demande aux entités et personnes ci-après de formuler des observations sur la proposition :

i) les Etats Membres et les commissions nationales et régionales de pharmacopée ou d’autres organismes désignés par les Etats Membres (en insérant une note à cet effet dans la lettre mentionnée à l’article 3.a), et

ii) toutes autres personnes portant au remplacement proposé un intérêt notoire.

La demande d’observations contient les indications suivantes :

i) dénomination commune internationale recommandée pour laquelle un remplacement est proposé (et la dénomination de remplacement proposée, si elle est fournie) ;

ii) nom de l’auteur de la proposition de remplacement (si cette personne le demande) ;

iii) définition de la substance faisant l’objet du remplacement proposé et raisons avancées pour le remplacement ;

iv) délai pendant lequel seront reçus les commentaires et nom et adresse de la personne habilitée à recevoir ces commentaires ; et

v) mention des pouvoirs en vertu desquels agit l’OMS et référence au présent règlement.

Des observations sur la proposition de remplacement peuvent être communiquées par toute personne à l’OMS dans les quatre mois qui suivent la date de la demande d’observations. b) Une fois échu le délai prévu ci-dessus pour la communication d’observations, le Secrétariat transmet les observations reçues au Groupe d’experts des DCI, au demandeur initial ou à son successeur et à l’auteur de la proposition de remplacement. Si, après avoir examiné la proposition de remplacement et les observations reçues, le Groupe d’experts des DCI, l’auteur de la proposition de remplacement et le demandeur initial ou son successeur reconnaissent tous qu’il est nécessaire de remplacer la dénomination commune internationale déjà recommandée, le Secrétariat soumet la proposition de remplacement au Groupe d’experts des DCI pour qu’il y donne suite.

458 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

Nonobstant ce qui précède, le demandeur initial ou son successeur n’est pas habilité à refuser son accord à une proposition de remplacement au cas où il ne peut être démontré qu’il porte un intérêt durable à la dénomination commune internationale recommandée qu’il est proposé de remplacer.

Dans le cas où une proposition de remplacement est soumise au Groupe d’experts des DCI pour qu’il y donne suite, le Groupe choisit une nouvelle dénomination commune internationale conformément aux Directives générales mentionnées à l’article 2 et selon la procédure décrite dans les articles 3 à 8 inclus. La notification faite par le Secrétariat en vertu de l’article 3 et de l’article 7, respectivement, y compris au demandeur initial ou à son successeur (si ce n’est pas la même personne que celle qui a proposé le remplacement et pour autant que le demandeur initial ou son successeur soit connu ou puisse être retrouvé moyennant des efforts diligents, notamment des contacts avec les associations industrielles), doit dans un tel cas indiquer que la nouvelle dénomination remplace une dénomination commune internationale déjà recommandée et que les Etats Membres peuvent souhaiter prendre des mesures transitoires pour les produits existants qui utilisent la dénomination commune internationale déjà recommandée sur leur étiquette conformément à la législation nationale.

Si, après examen de la proposition de remplacement et des observations communiquées conformément à la procédure exposée plus haut, le Groupe d’experts des DCI, le demandeur initial ou son successeur et l’auteur de la proposition de remplacement ne s’accordent pas sur le fait qu’il y a des raisons impératives de remplacer une dénomination commune internationale déjà recommandée, cette dernière est conservée (étant entendu toujours que le demandeur initial ou son successeur n’est pas habilité à refuser son accord à une proposition de remplacement au cas où il ne peut être démontré qu’il porte un intérêt durable à la dénomination commune internationale recommandée qu’il est proposé de remplacer). Dans un tel cas, le Secrétariat informe l’auteur de la proposition de remplacement, ainsi que le demandeur initial ou son successeur (s’il s’agit d’une personne différente de celle qui a formulé la proposition de remplacement et pour autant que le demandeur initial ou son successeur soit connu ou puisse être retrouvé moyennant des efforts diligents, notamment des contacts avec les associations industrielles), les Etats Membres, les commissions nationales et régionales de pharmacopée, les autres organismes désignés par les Etats Membres et toutes autres personnes portant un intérêt notoire au remplacement proposé que, malgré une proposition de remplacement, il a été décidé de conserver la dénomination commune internationale déjà recommandée (avec une brève description de la ou des raisons pour lesquelles la proposition de remplacement n’a pas été jugée suffisamment impérative).

ANNEXE 2

DIRECTIVES GENERALES POUR LA FORMATION DE DENOMINATIONS COMMUNES INTERNATIONALES APPLICABLES AUX SUBSTANCES PHARMACEUTIQUES1

1. Les dénominations communes internationales (DCI) devront se distinguer les unes des autres par leur consonance et leur orthographe. Elles ne devront pas être d’une longueur excessive, ni prêter à confusion avec des appellations déjà couramment employées.

2. La DCI de chaque substance devra, si possible, indiquer sa parenté pharmacologique. Les dénominations susceptibles d’évoquer pour les malades des considérations anatomiques, physiologiques, pathologiques ou thérapeutiques devront être évitées dans la mesure du possible.

Outre ces deux principes fondamentaux, on respectera les principes secondaires suivants :

Lorsqu’on formera la DCI de la première substance d’un nouveau groupe pharmacologique, on tiendra compte de la possibilité de former ultérieurement d’autres DCI appropriées pour les substances apparentées du même groupe.

1 Dans son vingtième rapport (OMS, Série de Rapports techniques, N° 581, 1975), le Comité OMS d’experts des Dénominations communes pour les Substances pharmaceutiques a examiné les directives générales pour la formation des dénominations communes internationales et la procédure à suivre en vue de leur choix, compte tenu de l’évolution du secteur pharmaceutique au cours des dernières années. La modification la plus importante a été l’extension aux substances de synthèse de la pratique normalement suivie pour désigner les substances tirées ou dérivées de produits naturels. Cette pratique consiste à employer des syllabes communes ou groupes de syllabes communes (segments-clés) qui sont caractéristiques et indiquent une propriété commune aux membres du groupe des substances pour lequel ces segments-clés ont été retenus. Les raisons et les conséquences de cette modification ont fait l’objet de discussions approfondies. Les directives ont été mises à jour lors de la treizième consultation sur les dénominations communes pour les substances pharmaceutiques (Genève, 27-29 avril 1983) (PHARM S/NOM 928, 13 mai 1983, révision en date du 18 août 1983).

459 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

4. Pour former des DCI des acides, on utilisera de préférence un seul mot. Leurs sels devront être désignés par un terme qui ne modifie pas le nom de l’acide d’origine : par exemple «oxacilline» et «oxacilline sodique», «ibufénac» et «ibufénac sodique».

5. Les DCI pour les substances utilisées sous forme de sels devront en général s’appliquer à la base active (ou à l’acide actif). Les dénominations pour différents sels ou esters d’une même substance active ne différeront que par le nom de l’acide inactif (ou de la base inactive). En ce qui concerne les substances à base d’ammonium quaternaire, la dénomination s’appliquera de façon appropriée au cation et à l’anion en tant qu’éléments distincts d’une substance quaternaire. On évitera de choisir une désignation évoquant un sel aminé.

6. On évitera d’ajouter une lettre ou un chiffre isolé ; en outre, on renoncera de préférence au trait d’union.

7. Pour simplifier la traduction et la prononciation des DCI, la lettre « f » sera utilisée à la place de « ph », « t » à la place de « th », « e » à la place de « ae » ou « oe », et « i » à la place de « y » ; l’usage des lettres « h » et « k » sera aussi évité.

8. On retiendra de préférence, pour autant qu’elles respectent les principes énoncés ici, les dénominations proposées par les personnes qui ont découvert ou qui, les premières, ont fabriqué et lancé sur le marché les préparations pharmaceutiques considérées, ou les dénominations déjà officiellement adoptées par un pays.

9. La parenté entre substances d’un même groupe (voir Directive générale 2) sera si possible indiquée dans les DCI par l’emploi de segments-clés communs. La liste ci-après contient des exemples de segments-clés pour des groupes de substances, surtout pour des groupes récents. Il y a beaucoup d’autres segments-clés en utilisation active. 1 Les segments- clés indiqués sans trait d’union pourront être insérés n’importe où dans une dénomination.

Latin Français

-acum -ac substances anti-inflammatoires du groupe de l’ibufénac -adolum -adol } analgésiques -adol- -adol- } -astum -ast antiasthmatiques, antiallergiques n’agissant pas principalement en tant qu’antihistaminiques -astinum -astine antihistaminiques -azepamum -azépam substances du groupe du diazépam bol bol stéroïdes anabolisants -cain- -caïn- antiarythmiques de classe I, dérivés du procaïnamide et de la lidocaïne -cainum -caïne anesthésiques locaux cef- céf- antibiotiques, dérivés de l’acide céphalosporanique -cillinum -cilline antibiotiques, dérivés de l’acide 6-aminopénicillanique -conazolum -conazole agents antifongiques systémiques du groupe du miconazole cort cort corticostéroïdes, autres que les dérivés de la prednisolone -coxibum -coxib inhibiteurs sélectifs de la cyclo-oxygénase -entanum -entan antagonistes du récepteur de l’endothéline gab gab gabamimétiques gado- gado- agents diagnostiques, dérivés du gadolinium -gatranum -gatran antithrombines, antithrombotiques gest gest stéroïdes progestogènes gli gli antihyperglycémiants io- io- produits de contraste iodés -metacinum -métacine anti-inflammatoires du groupe de l’indométacine -mycinum -mycine antibiotiques produits par des souches de Streptomyces -nidazolum -nidazole antiprotozoaires et radiosensibilisants du groupe du métronidazole -ololum -olol antagonistes des récepteurs β-adrénergiques -oxacinum -oxacine substances antibactériennes du groupe de l’acide nalidixique -platinum -platine antinéoplasiques, dérivés du platine -poetinum -poétine facteurs sanguins de type érythropoïétine -pril(at)um -pril(ate) inhibiteurs de l’enzyme de conversion de l’angiotensine -profenum -profène anti-inflammatoires du groupe de l’ibuprofène prost prost prostaglandines

1 Une liste plus complète de segments-clés est contenue dans le document de travail WHO/EMP/QSM/2009.3 qui est régulièrement mis à jour et qui peut être demandé auprès du programme des DCI, OMS, Genève.

460 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

-relinum -réline peptides stimulant la libération d’hormones hypophysaires -sartanum -sartan antagonistes d’un récepteur de l’angiotensine II, antihypertenseurs (non peptidiques) -vaptanum -vaptan antagonistes du récepteur de la vasopressine vin- vin- } alcaloïdes du type vinca -vin- -vin- }

ANEXO 1

PROCEDIMIENTO DE SELECCIÓN DE DENOMINACIONES COMUNES INTERNACIONALES RECOMENDADAS PARA SUSTANCIAS FARMACÉUTICAS1

La Organización Mundial de la Salud (OMS) seguirá el procedimiento que se expone a continuación tanto para seleccionar denominaciones comunes internacionales recomendadas para las sustancias farmacéuticas, de conformidad con lo dispuesto en la resolución WHA3.11, como para sustituir esas denominaciones.

Artículo 1 - Las propuestas de denominaciones comunes internacionales recomendadas y las propuestas de sustitución de esas denominaciones se presentarán a la OMS en los formularios que se proporcionen a estos efectos. El estudio de estas propuestas estará sujeto al pago de una tasa destinada a sufragar los costos de administración que ello suponga para la Secretaría de la OMS («la Secretaría»). La Secretaría establecerá la cuantía de esa tasa y podrá ajustarla periódicamente.

Artículo 2 - Estas propuestas serán sometidas por la Secretaría a los miembros del Cuadro de Expertos en Farmacopea Internacional y Preparaciones Farmacéuticas encargados de su estudio, en adelante designados como «el Grupo de Expertos en DCI», para que las examinen de conformidad con los «Principios generales de orientación para formar denominaciones comunes internacionales para sustancias farmacéuticas», anexos a este procedimiento.2 A menos que haya poderosas razones en contra, la denominación aceptada será la empleada por la persona que haya descubierto o fabricado y comercializado por primera vez esa sustancia farmacéutica.

Artículo 3 - Tras el examen al que se refiere el artículo 2, la Secretaría notificará que está en estudio un proyecto de denominación internacional. a) Esa notificación se hará mediante una publicación en Información Farmacéutica OMS3 y el envío de una carta a los Estados Miembros y a las comisiones nacionales y regionales de las farmacopeas u otros organismos designados por los Estados Miembros.

i) La notificación será enviada también a la persona que haya presentado la propuesta («el solicitante inicial») y a otras personas que tengan un interés especial en una denominación objeto de estudio. b) En esa notificación se incluirán los siguientes datos:

i) la denominación sometida a estudio;

ii) la identidad de la persona que ha presentado la propuesta de denominación de la sustancia, si lo pide esa persona;

iii) la identidad de la sustancia cuya denominación está en estudio;

iv) el plazo fijado para recibir observaciones y objeciones, así como el nombre y la dirección de la persona a quien deban dirigirse; y

v) los poderes conferidos para el caso a la OMS y una referencia al presente procedimiento.

1 Véase el anexo 1 en OMS, Serie de Informes Técnicos, Nº 581, 1975. El texto vigente fue adoptado por el Consejo Ejecutivo en su resolución EB15.R7 y modificado en las resoluciónes EB43.R9 y EB115.R4..

2 Véase el anexo 2.

3 Hasta 1987 las listas de DCI se publicaban en la Crónica de la Organización Mundial de la Salud.

461 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

c) Al enviar esa notificación, la Secretaría solicitará de los Estados Miembros la adopción de todas las medidas necesarias para impedir la adquisición de derechos de patente sobre la denominación propuesta, durante el periodo en que la OMS la tenga en estudio.

Artículo 4 - Toda persona puede formular a la OMS observaciones sobre la denominación propuesta dentro de los cuatro meses siguientes a su publicación en Información Farmacéutica OMS, conforme a lo dispuesto en el artículo 3.

Artículo 5 - Toda persona interesada puede presentar una objeción formal a una denominación propuesta dentro de los cuatro meses siguientes a su publicación en Información Farmacéutica OMS, conforme a lo dispuesto en el artículo 3. Esa objeción deberá acompañarse de los siguientes datos:

i) la identidad de la persona que formula la objeción;

ii) las causas que motivan su interés por la denominación; y

iii) las causas que motivan su objeción a la denominación propuesta.

Artículo 6 - Cuando se haya presentado una objeción formal en la forma prevista en el artículo 5, la OMS podrá reconsiderar el nombre propuesto o utilizar sus buenos oficios para intentar lograr que se retire la objeción. La OMS no seleccionará como denominación común internacional una denominación a la que se haya hecho una objeción formal, presentada según lo previsto en el artículo 5, que no haya sido retirada, todo ello sin perjuicio de que la Organización examine otra denominación o denominaciones sustitutivas.

Artículo 7 - Cuando no se haya formulado ninguna objeción en la forma prevista en el artículo 5, o cuando todas las objeciones presentadas hayan sido retiradas, la Secretaría notificará, conforme a lo dispuesto en el párrafo a) del artículo 3, que la denominación ha sido seleccionada por la OMS como denominación común internacional recomendada.

Artículo 8 - Al comunicar a los Estados Miembros una denominación común internacional, conforme a lo previsto en el artículo 7, la Secretaría: a) solicitará que esta denominación sea reconocida como denominación común para la sustancia de que se trate; y b) solicitará a los Estados Miembros que adopten todas las medidas necesarias para impedir la adquisición de derechos de patente sobre la denominación, y prohíban que sea registrada como marca de fábrica o como nombre comercial.

Artículo 9 a) En el caso excepcional de que, debido a su semejanza con otra denominación utilizada en las prácticas farmacéuticas y/o de prescripción, una denominación común internacional recomendada anteriormente ocasione errores de medicación, prescripción o distribución, o suponga un riesgo manifiesto de que esto ocurra, y parezca que tales errores o potenciales errores no sean fácilmente subsanables con otras medidas que no sean la posible sustitución de esa denominación común internacional recomendada anteriormente; en el caso de que una denominación común internacional recomendada anteriormente difiera considerablemente de la denominación común aprobada en un número importante de Estados Miembros, o en otras circunstancias excepcionales que justifiquen el cambio de una denominación común internacional recomendada, cualquier persona interesada puede presentar propuestas en este sentido. Esas propuestas se presentarán en los formularios que se proporcionen a estos efectos e incluirán los siguientes datos:

i) la identidad de la persona que presenta la propuesta;

ii) las causas que motivan su interés en la sustitución propuesta;

iii) las causas que motivan la propuesta; y

iv) una descripción, acompañada de pruebas documentales, de las otras medidas que se hayan adoptado con el fin de resolver la situación y de los motivos por los cuales dichas medidas no han sido suficientes.

Entre esas propuestas podrá figurar una relativa a una nueva denominación común internacional sustitutiva, formulada con arreglo a los Principios generales y que tenga en cuenta la sustancia farmacéutica para la que se proponga la nueva denominación común internacional sustitutiva.

462 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

La Secretaría enviará al Grupo de Expertos en DCI y al solicitante inicial o a su sucesor (en el caso de que sea una persona diferente de la que ha presentado la propuesta de sustitución y siempre que el solicitante inicial o su sucesor sean conocidos o puedan ser encontrados mediante esfuerzos diligentes, como el contacto con las asociaciones industriales) una copia de la propuesta, para que sea examinada de conformidad con el procedimiento descrito en el párrafo b) infra. Además, la Secretaría solicitará observaciones sobre la propuesta:

i) a los Estados Miembros y a las comisiones nacionales y regionales de las farmacopeas u otros organismos designados por los Estados Miembros (ello se hará incluyendo una notificación a tal efecto en la carta a la que se refiere el párrafo a) del artículo 3), y

ii) a cualquier persona que tenga un interés especial en la sustitución propuesta.

Al solicitar que se formulen estas observaciones se facilitarán los siguientes datos:

i) la denominación común internacional recomendada que se propone sustituir (y la denominación sustitutiva propuesta, si se ha facilitado);

ii) la identidad de la persona que ha presentado la propuesta de sustitución (si lo pide esa persona);

iii) la identidad de la sustancia a la que se refiere la sustitución propuesta y las razones para presentar la propuesta de sustitución;

iv) el plazo fijado para recibir observaciones, así como el nombre y la dirección de la persona a quien deban dirigirse; y

v) los poderes conferidos para el caso a la OMS y una referencia al presente procedimiento.

Toda persona puede formular a la OMS observaciones sobre la sustitución propuesta dentro de los cuatro meses siguientes a la fecha en que se realizó la solicitud de observaciones. b) Una vez agotado el mencionado plazo para la formulación de observaciones, la Secretaría enviará todos los comentarios recibidos al Grupo de Expertos en DCI, al solicitante inicial o a su sucesor, y a la persona que haya presentado la propuesta de sustitución. Si después de examinar la propuesta de sustitución y las observaciones recibidas, el Grupo de Expertos en DCI, la persona que haya presentado la propuesta de sustitución y el solicitante inicial, o su sucesor, están de acuerdo en la necesidad de sustituir la denominación común internacional recomendada anteriormente, la Secretaría remitirá la propuesta de sustitución al Grupo de Expertos en DCI para que la tramite. No obstante lo anterior, el solicitante inicial o su sucesor no tendrán derecho a impedir el acuerdo sobre una propuesta de sustitución en el caso de que hayan dejado de tener un interés demostrable en la denominación común internacional cuya sustitución se propone.

En caso de que la propuesta de sustitución sea presentada al Grupo de Expertos en DCI para que la tramite, este grupo seleccionará una nueva denominación común internacional de conformidad con los Principios generales a los que se refiere el artículo 2 y al procedimiento establecido en los artículos 3 a 8 inclusive. En ese caso, en las notificaciones que la Secretaría ha de enviar con arreglo a los artículos 3 y 7, respectivamente, incluida la notificación al solicitante inicial o a su sucesor (en el caso de que no sea la misma persona que propuso la sustitución y siempre que el solicitante inicial o su sucesor sean conocidos o puedan ser encontrados mediante esfuerzos diligentes, como el contacto con las asociaciones industriales), se indicará que la nueva denominación sustituye a una denominación común internacional recomendada anteriormente y que los Estados Miembros podrán, si lo estiman oportuno, adoptar disposiciones transitorias aplicables a los productos existentes en cuya etiqueta se utilice, con arreglo a la legislación nacional, la denominación común internacional recomendada anteriormente que se haya sustituido.

En caso de que, después de haber estudiado la propuesta de sustitución y los comentarios recibidos de conformidad con el procedimiento descrito anteriormente, el Grupo de Expertos en DCI, el solicitante inicial o su sucesor y la persona que haya presentado la propuesta de sustitución no lleguen a un acuerdo sobre la existencia de razones poderosas para sustituir una denominación común internacional recomendada anteriormente, esta denominación se mantendrá (siempre en el entendimiento de que el solicitante inicial o su sucesor no tendrán derecho a impedir el acuerdo sobre una propuesta de sustitución en el caso de que hayan dejado de tener un interés demostrable en la denominación común internacional cuya sustitución se propone). En ese caso, la Secretaría comunicará a la persona que haya propuesto la sustitución, así como al solicitante inicial o a su sucesor (en el caso de que no sea la misma persona que propuso la sustitución y siempre que el solicitante inicial o su sucesor sean conocidos o puedan ser encontrados mediante esfuerzos diligentes, como el contacto con las asociaciones industriales), a los Estados Miembros, a las comisiones nacionales y regionales de las farmacopeas o

463 Proposed INN: List 106 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011

a otros organismos designados por los Estados Miembros y a cualquier otra persona que tenga interés en la sustitución propuesta, que, pese a la presentación de una propuesta de sustitución, se ha decidido mantener la denominación común internacional recomendada anteriormente (con una descripción de la o las razones por las que se ha considerado que la propuesta de sustitución no estaba respaldada por razones suficientemente poderosas).

ANEXO 2

PRINCIPIOS GENERALES DE ORIENTACIÓN PARA FORMAR DENOMINACIONES 1 COMUNES INTERNACIONALES PARA SUSTANCIAS FARMACÉUTICAS

1. Las denominaciones comunes internacionales (DCI) deberán diferenciarse tanto fonética como ortográficamente. No deberán ser incómodamente largas, ni dar lugar a confusión con denominaciones de uso común.

2. La DCI de una sustancia que pertenezca a un grupo de sustancias farmacológicamente emparentadas deberá mostrar apropiadamente este parentesco. Deberán evitarse las denominaciones que puedan tener connotaciones anatómicas, fisiológicas, patológicas o terapéuticas para el paciente.

Estos principios primarios se pondrán en práctica utilizando los siguientes principios secundarios:

3. Al idear la DCI de la primera sustancia de un nuevo grupo farmacológico, deberá tenerse en cuenta la posibilidad de poder formar DCI convenientes para las sustancias emparentadas que se agreguen al nuevo grupo.

4. Al idear DCI para ácidos, se preferirán las de una sola palabra; sus sales deberán denominarse sin modificar el nombre del ácido: p. ej. «oxacilina» y «oxacilina sódica», «ibufenaco» y «ibufenaco sódico».

5. Las DCI para las sustancias que se usan en forma de sal deberán en general aplicarse a la base activa o al ácido activo. Las denominaciones para diferentes sales o esteres de la misma sustancia activa solamente deberán diferir en el nombre del ácido o de la base inactivos. En los compuestos de amonio cuaternario, el catión y el anión deberán denominarse adecuadamente por separado, como componentes independientes de una sustancia cuaternaria y no como sales de una amina.

6. Deberá evitarse el empleo de letras o números aislados; también es indeseable el empleo de guiones.

7. Para facilitar la traducción y la pronunciación, se emplearán de preferencia las letras «f» en lugar de «ph», «t» en lugar de «th», «e» en lugar de «ae» u «oe», e «i» en lugar de «y»; se deberá evitar el empleo de las letras «h» y «k».

8. Siempre que las denominaciones propuestas estén de acuerdo con estos principios, recibirán una consideración preferente las denominaciones propuestas por la persona que haya descubierto las sustancias, o que fabrique y comercialice por primera vez una sustancia farmacéutica, así como las denominaciones ya adoptadas oficialmente en cualquier país.

9. El parentesco entre sustancias del mismo grupo se pondrá de manifiesto en las DCI (véase el Principio 2) utilizando una partícula común. En la lista que figura a continuación se indican ejemplos de partículas para grupos de sustancias, en particular para grupos nuevos. Existen muchas otras partículas que se usan habitualmente.2 Cuando una partícula aparece sin guión alguno, puede utilizarse en cualquier lugar de la palabra.

1 En su 20º informe (OMS, Serie de Informes Técnicos, Nº 581, 1975), el Comité de Expertos de la OMS en Denominaciones Comunes para las Sustancias Farmacéuticas revisó los Principios generales para formar denominaciones comunes internacionales (DCI), y su procedimiento de selección, a la luz de las novedades registradas en los últimos años en materia de compuestos farmacéuticos. El cambio más importante había consistido en hacer extensivo a la denominación de sustancias químicas sintéticas el método utilizado hasta entonces para las sustancias originadas en productos naturales o derivadas de éstos. Dicho método conlleva la utilización de una «partícula» característica que indica una propiedad común a los miembros de un grupo. En el citado informe se examinan en detalle las razones y consecuencias de este cambio. Los Principios generales de orientación se actualizaron durante la 13ª consulta sobre denominaciones comunes para sustancias farmacéuticas (Ginebra, 27 a 29 de abril de 1983) (PHARM S/NOM 928, 13 de mayo de 1983, revisado el 18 de agosto de 1983). 2 En el documento de trabajo WHO/EMP/QSM/2009.3, que se actualiza periódicamente y puede solicitarse al Programa sobre Denominaciones Comunes Internacionales, OMS, Ginebra, figura una lista más amplia de partículas.

464 WHO Drug Information, Vol. 25, No. 4, 2011 Proposed INN: List 106

Latin Español

-acum -aco antiinflamatorios derivados del ibufenaco -adolum -adol ) analgésicos -adol- -adol- ) -astum -ast antiasmáticos, sustancias antialérgicas cuya acción principal no es la antihistamínica -astinum -astina antihistamínicos -azepamum -azepam derivados del diazepam bol bol esteroides anabolizantes -cain- -caína- antiarrítmicos de clase I, derivados de procainamida y lidocaína -cainum -caína- anestésicos locales cef- cef- antibióticos, derivados del ácido cefalosporánico -cillinum - cilina antibióticos derivados del ácido 6-aminopenicilánico -conazolum -conazol antifúngicos sistémicos derivados del miconazol cort cort corticosteroides, excepto derivados de prednisolona -coxibum -coxib inhibidores selectivos de ciclooxigenasa -entanum -entán antagonistas del receptor de endotelina gab gab gabamiméticos gado- gado- agentes para diagnóstico derivados de gadolinio -gartranum -gatrán inhibidores de la trombina antitrombóticos gest gest esteroides progestágenos gli gli hipoglucemiantes, antihiperglucémicos io- io- medios de contraste iodados -metacinum -metacina antiinflamatorios derivados de indometacina -mycinum -micina antibióticos producidos por cepas de Streptomyces -nidazolum -nidazol antiprotozoarios y radiosensibilizadores derivados de metronidazol -ololum -olol antagonistas de receptores β-adrenérgicos -oxacinum -oxacino antibacterianos derivados del ácido nalidíxico -platinum -platino antineoplásicos derivados del platino -poetinum -poetina factores sanguíneos similares a la eritropoyetina -pril(at)um -pril(at) inhibidores de la enzima conversora de la angiotensina -profenum -profeno antiinflamatorios derivados del ibuprofeno prost prost prostaglandinas -relinum -relina péptidos estimulantes de la liberación de hormonas hipofisarias -sartanum -sartán antihipertensivos (no peptídicos) antagonistas del receptorde angiotensina II -vaptanum -vaptán antagonistas del receptor de vasopresina vin- vin- ) alcaloides de la vinca -vin- -vin- )

465